Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
 
FORM 10-K/A
(Amendment No. 1)10-K
xAnnual Report Pursuant to Section 13 OR 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 20132016
oTransition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     .  
Commission File Number: 000-51515
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC.Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Delaware20-1489747
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
  
395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 415
South San Francisco, California 94080
(650) 589-9445
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)(Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange
on which registered
 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per shareNASDAQ Global Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  
Yes  x No  o 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  o    No  x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  x    No  o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  
Large accelerated filer  x
Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filer  o  
Smaller reporting company  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  o    No  x
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of June 28, 201330, 2016, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter:  $711,883,006$2,117,773,783
As of February 14, 2014,24, 2017, the registrant had 11,532,96846,315,364 shares of its common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The information called for by Part III of this Form 10-K will be included in an amendment to this Form 10-K or incorporated by reference to the registrant's 2014registrant’s 2017 definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE
This Amendment No. 1 amends Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.’s (the “Company”) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 3, 2014 (the “Original Filing”). The Company is filing this Amendment No. 1 for the purpose of  including conformed signatures of the Chief Executive Officer in exhibits 31.1 and 32.1 and the Chief Financial Officer in exhibits 31.2 and 32.2, which signatures were inadvertently omitted in the Original Filing.  Additionally, a typographical error located on page one regarding the U.S. convenience retail industry gross profit for in-store sales was corrected to read "$62.5 billion." The entire Original Filing, as amended, is being re-filed.

Except as described above, there have been no changes to the Original Filing. The Company has not updated the disclosures contained therein to reflect any events which occurred subsequent to the Original Filing, or to modify the disclosures contained in the Original Filing other than to reflect the changes described above.




FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 20132016
TABLE OF CONTENTS
  Page
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
  
   
   



i



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe-harbor provisions of the Exchange Act of 1934 and the Securities Act of 1933.
Forward-looking statements in some cases can be identified by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “potential,” “intend,” “expect,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “believe,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “predict,” “continue,” “plan,” “propose” or other similar words or expressions. Forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this Form 10-K and are based on our current intent, beliefs, plans and expectations. They involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or those described in or implied by such forward-looking statements.
A detailed discussion of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from such forward-looking statements is included in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K. Except as required by law, weWe undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

SEC Regulation G - Non-GAAP Information

The financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”("GAAP"). Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. (“Core-Mark”("Core-Mark") uses certain non-GAAP financial measures including Adjusted EBITDA, net income excluding LIFO expense, net sales less excise taxes, remaining gross profit, remaining gross profit margin, Adjusted EBITDA and net sales,remaining gross profit margin less excise taxes.taxes and cigarette remaining gross profit per carton. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information for investors regarding the performance of our business and facilitate a meaningful period to period evaluation. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in order to have comparable financial results to analyze changes in Core-Mark’s underlying business. These non-GAAP measures should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. More information about such measures are included in Item 7 - Adjusted EBITDA and Item 7- Non GAAP Financial Information.



ii

Table of Contents



PART I
ITEM 1.     BUSINESS
Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “Core-Mark”,“Core-Mark,” “the Company”, “we”, “us”,Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Company Overview
Core-Mark is one of the largest marketers of fresh and broad-line supply solutionswholesale distributors to the convenience retail industry in North America, providing sales, and marketing, distribution and logistics services to over 43,000 customer locations across the U.S.United States (U.S.) and Canada.Canada through 30 distribution centers (excluding two distribution facilities we operate as a third party logistics provider). Our origins date back to 1888, when Glaser Bros., a family-owned-and-operated candy and tobacco distribution business, was founded in San Francisco, California.
Our mission is to be the most valued marketer of fresh and broad-line supply solutions to the convenience retail industry. While the past century has brought incredible changes to our business and the world in which we operate, our goal is the same today as it was over 125 years ago - to provide customers with the best possible service and to help them grow their sales and profits. We have grown our business organically and through acquisitions which have expanded our distribution network, product selection and customer base.
Core-Mark offers retailershas become one of two national distributors to the convenience store industry in the U.S. and is the largest in Canada. The national market presence we have established rests primarily with our ability to service customers in every geographic region within the U.S. through 25 distribution centers and servicing customers in Canada with our five Canadian distribution centers.
We operate in an industry where, in 2015, based on the National Association of Convenience Stores ("NACS") State of the Industry ("SOI") report, total in-store sales at convenience retail locations in the U.S. increased 5.8% to approximately $225.8 billion and were generated through approximately 154,000 stores. Over the ten years from 2006 through the end of 2015, U.S. convenience in-store sales have increased by a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 3.3%. Based on the Canadian Convenience Store Association ("CCSA") 2015 Industry report, we estimate that total Canadian in-store sales at convenience locations were approximately CAD$40.0 billion generated through approximately 26,000 stores.
Company Highlights
Net income grew from $26.2 million in 2011 to $54.2 million in 2016, or approximately 16% compounded annually. Our net sales grew from $8.1 billion in 2011 to $14.5 billion in 2016, yielding an annual compounded growth rate of approximately 12%, while our annual Adjusted EBITDA(1) increased from $91.9 million to $152.3 million, or approximately 11%, compounded annually. Our growth has been driven primarily by our business strategies described more fully below. We believe these strategies have positioned us to continue to grow our approximate 6% market share of total in-store sales within the convenience store channel in North America and to take advantage of manufacturergrowth opportunities with other retail store formats. Below are key highlights of 2016:
In December 2016, we signed a three-year supply agreement to service approximately 530 Walmart Neighborhood Markets and Company-sponsoredSupercenter stores in five western states (Arizona, California, New Mexico, Nevada and Utah). We will be the primary distributor to these stores for candy, tobacco and certain snack foods. We expect to begin service under this agreement in May 2017.
In June 2016, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Pine State Convenience, a division of Pine State Trading Company, located in Gardiner, Maine, for cash consideration of approximately $88 million.
In October 2015, we signed a five-year agreement with Murphy U.S.A. to be the primary wholesale distributor to over 1,400 stores located in 24 states across the Southwest, Southeast and Midwest United States. Services under this contract began in the first quarter of 2016. We believe our services have created efficiencies and a strategic supply chain relationship for Murphy U.S.A.
In October 2015, we signed a five-year supply agreement with 7-Eleven, Inc. to service approximately 900 stores in three western regions. We began servicing 7-Eleven in October 2016 and we became the primary wholesale distributor delivering a wide range of products to these stores out of three of our divisions - Las Vegas, NV, Salt Lake City, UT and Sacramento, CA.

(1)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income in Item 7- Adjusted EBITDA.

Business Strategy
Our objective is to increase overall return to stockholders by growing our revenues and leveraging operating costs to increase profitability. As one of the largest marketers of fresh and broad-line supply solutions to the convenience retail industry in North America with a track record of effectively selling into other retail channels, we believe we are well-positioned to continue meeting this objective. Our business strategy also includes the following initiatives, designed to further enhance the value we provide to our retail customers:
Vendor Consolidation Initiative ("VCI"). We expect our VCI program will allow us to continue to grow our sales by capitalizing on the highly fragmented supply chain that services the convenience retail industry. A convenience retailer generally receives store merchandise through a large number of direct-store deliveries. This represents a highly inefficient and costly process for retailers. Our VCI program targets inefficiencies in the convenience store supply chain by offering the retailer the ability to receive multiple weekly deliveries for the bulk of their products, including dairy and other merchandise they purchased from direct-store delivery companies. This simplifies the supply chain and provides retailers with an opportunity to improve inventory turns and working capital, reduce operational and transaction costs, and greatly diminish their out-of-stocks.
Fresh Products ("Fresh"). There is an increasing trend among consumers to purchase fresh food from convenience and other retail store formats. To meet this demand, we have modified and upgraded our refrigerated capacity, including investing in chill docks, and tri-temperature ("tri-temp") trailers, which provide the infrastructure to deliver a significant range of chilled items including milk, produce and other fresh foods to retail outlets. We have established partnerships with strategically-located dairies, fresh kitchens and bakeries to further enable us to deliver premium consumer items such as sandwiches, wraps, cut-fruit, parfaits, pastries, doughnuts, bread and home meal replacement solutions. We continue to promote our fresh products through the development of unique and comprehensive marketing and equipment programs that assist the retailer in showcasing their fresh product offering. We believe our investments in infrastructure, combined with our strategically located suppliers and in-house expertise, position us as the leader in providing fresh products and programs to the convenience retail industry. Proper execution of VCI, the cornerstone being dairy distribution, provides Core-Mark the critical mass necessary to offer retailers a multiple weekly delivery platform, which facilitates the proper handling and dating of fresh products. We believe that fresh items are increasingly driving consumer decisions, and will continue to be an important category.
Focused Marketing Initiative ("FMI"). Designed to enhance our relationship with our independent customer base and to further differentiate us in the market place, our FMI program is centered on increasing the sales and profitability of the independent store through improved category insights, optimized retail price strategy and demographic decision-making, along with providing Core-Mark’s marketing solutions to create a comprehensive retail marketing strategy. We believe our innovative approach, which focuses on building a trusted partnership with our customers, has established us as the market leader in providing valuable marketing and supply chain solutions to the convenience retail industry.
Acquisitions and Expansion. We believe there is significant opportunity to increase our market presence and revenue growth through strategic and opportunistic acquisitions and the continued expansion of our credit facility infrastructure. We completed seven acquisitions and added three additional warehouses between 2006 and 2016, which expanded our distribution network, product selection and customer base. We will continue to be opportunistic in pursuing acquisitions that allow further leveraging of our geographic footprint and bring Fresh and VCI to a broader customer base.

Competitive Strengths
We believe we have the following fundamental competitive strengths, which form the foundation for our business strategy:
Innovation and Flexibility. Wholesale distributors typically provide convenience retailers access to a broad product line, the ability to place small quantity orders, inventory management and access to trade credit. Our capability to increase sales and profitability with existing and new customers is based on our ability to deliver consistently high levels of service, innovative marketing programs, merchandisingtechnology solutions and product category management serviceslogistics support. We believe we are one of the first to recognize emerging trends and to offer retailers our unique strategic solutions such as VCI, Fresh and FMI.
Distribution Capabilities. The wholesale distribution industry is highly fragmented and historically has consisted of a large number of small, privately-owned businesses and a small number of large, full-service wholesale distributors serving multiple geographic regions. Relative to smaller competitors, large national distributors such as Core-Mark benefit from several competitive advantages including: increased purchasing power, the ability to service large national chain accounts, economies of scale in sales and operations, and the use ofresources to invest in information systemstechnology and data services that are focused on minimizing retailers' investment in inventory, while seeking to maximize their sales and profits. In addition, ourother productivity-enhancing technologies. Our wholesale distributing capabilities provide valuable services to both manufacturers of consumer products and convenience retailers. Manufacturers benefit from our broad retail coverage, inventory management, efficiency in processing small orders and frequency of deliveries. Convenience retailers benefit from our distribution capabilities by gaining access to a broad product line, optimizing inventory management and accessing trade credit.

Customers
We operate in an industry where, in 2012, based on the National Association of Convenience Stores (NACS) 2013 State of the Industry (“SOI”) Report, total in-store sales at convenience retail locations in the U.S. increased 2.2% to approximately $199 billion and were generated through approximately 149,000 stores. According to a more recent report from NACS, the number of convenience stores grew 1.4% in 2013 to approximately 151,000 stores. The U.S. convenience retail industry gross profit for in-store sales decreased 1.3% to approximately $62.5 billion in 2012 from $63.3 billion in 2011. Over the ten years from 2003 through 2013, U.S. convenience in-store sales increased by a compounded annual growth rate of 5.5%. In Canada, based on the Canadian Convenience Store Association (CCSA) 2013 Industry Report, we estimate that total in-store sales at convenience locations were approximately $23.1 billion generated through approximately 23,100 stores.
We operate a network of 28 distribution centers (excluding two distribution facilities we operate as a third party logistics provider) in the U.S. and Canada, which distribute a diverse line of national, regional and private label products toservice over 30,00043,000 customer locations in 50 states in the U.S. and five Canadian provinces. The products we distribute include cigarettes, other tobacco products, candy, snacks, fast food, groceries, fresh products, dairy, bread, beverages, general merchandise and health and beauty care products. Cigarettes comprised approximately 68.0%Our primary customer base consists of our total net sales in 2013, while approximately 70.5% of our gross profit in 2013 was generated from our food/non-food products.
We service traditional convenience stores as well as alternative outlets selling consumer packaged goods. We estimate that on average 45% to 50% of the products sold in convenience stores are supplied by broad-line wholesale distributors such as Core-Mark. Our traditional convenience store customers include many of the major national and super-regional convenience store operators, as well as thousands of multi- and single-store customers.independently owned convenience stores. Our alternative outlet customers comprise a variety of store formats, including grocery stores, drug stores, liquor stores, cigarette and tobacco shops, hotel gift shops, military exchanges, college and corporate campuses, casinos, movie theaters, hardware stores, airport concessions and other specialty and small format stores that carry convenience products.
Our net sales grew from $7.3 billion in 2010 to $9.8 billion in 2013, yielding an annual compounded growth rate of approximately 10%, while our annual Adjusted EBITDA(1) increased from $70.0 million to $109.5 million, or approximately 16%, compounded annually during the same period. Our growth has been driven primarily by our business strategies described more fully below. We believe these strategies have positioned us to continue to grow our approximate 4% market share of total in-store sales within the convenience store channel in North America and to take advantage of growth opportunities with other retail store formats.

(1)Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is equal to net income adding back net interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, LIFO expense, stock-based compensation expense and net foreign currency transaction losses.

1


Competitive Strengths
We believe we have the following fundamental competitive strengths, which form the foundation for our business strategy:
Experience in the Industry. Our origins date back to 1888, when Glaser Bros., a family-owned-and-operated candy and tobacco distribution business, was founded in San Francisco, California. The executive management team, as of the end of 2013, comprised of our CEO and 14 senior managers, had an average tenure of 20 years and applied its expertise to critical functional areas including logistics, sales and marketing, purchasing, information technology, finance, business development, human resources and retail store support.
Innovation and Flexibility. Wholesale distributors typically provide convenience retailers access to a broad product line, the ability to place small quantity orders, inventory management and access to trade credit. As a large, full-service wholesale distributor, we offer retailers a wide array of manufacturer and Company-sponsored sales and marketing programs, merchandising and product category management services and the use of information systems that are focused on minimizing retailers' investment in inventory, while seeking to maximize their sales and profit.
Distribution Capabilities. The wholesale distribution industry is highly fragmented and historically has consisted of a large number of small, privately-owned businesses and a small number of large, full-service wholesale distributors serving multiple geographic regions. Relative to smaller competitors, large distributors such as Core-Mark benefit from several competitive advantages including: increased purchasing power, the ability to service large national chain accounts, economies of scale in sales and operations, and the resources to invest in information technology and other productivity-enhancing technologies.

Business Strategy
Our objective is to increase overall return to stockholders by growing our market share, revenues and profitability. As one of the largest marketers of fresh and broad-line supply solutions to the convenience retail industry in North America, with the proven capability of effectively selling into other retail channels, we are well-positioned to continue meeting this objective. Our business strategy also includes the following initiatives, designed to further enhance the value we provide to our retail customers:
Leverage our Vendor Consolidation Initiative (“VCI”). We expect our VCI program will allow us to continue to grow our sales by capitalizing on the highly fragmented supply chain that services the convenience retail industry. A convenience retailer generally receives store merchandise through a large number of direct-store deliveries. This represents a highly inefficient and costly process for the retailers. Today, we estimate that Core-Mark sells on average 45% to 50% of what a convenience retailer purchases from their vendors. Our VCI program offers the retailer the ability to receive multiple weekly deliveries for the bulk of their products, including dairy and other merchandise they would historically purchase from direct-store-delivery companies. This simplifies the supply chain and provides retailers with an opportunity to improve inventory turns and working capital, eliminate operational and transaction costs, and greatly diminish their out-of-stocks on best-selling items.
Deliver Fresh Products. We believe there is an increasing trend among consumers to purchase fresh food and dairy products from convenience and other retail formats. To meet this expected demand, we have modified and upgraded our refrigerated capacity, including investing in chill docks and tri-temperature trailers, which provides the infrastructure to deliver a significant range of chilled items including milk, produce and other fresh foods to retail outlets. We have established partnerships with strategically-located dairies, fresh kitchens and bakeries to further enable us to deliver the freshest product possible, with premium consumer items such as sandwiches, wraps, cut-fruit, parfaits, pastries, doughnuts, bread and home meal replacement solutions. We continue to expand the array of fresh products through the development of unique and comprehensive marketing programs and equipment programs that assist the retailer in showcasing their “fresh” product offering. We believe our investments in infrastructure, combined with our strategically located suppliers and in-house expertise, position us as the leader in providing fresh products and programs to the convenience retail industry. Proper execution of VCI, with the cornerstone being dairy distribution, provides Core-Mark the critical mass necessary to offer retailers a multiple weekly delivery platform, which facilitates the proper handling and dating of "Fresh" products.
Expand our Presence Eastward. We believe there is significant opportunity to increase our market presence and revenue growth by continuing to expand our presence east of the Mississippi River. According to the 2013 SOI Report, during 2012, aggregate U.S. traditional convenience retail in-store sales were approximately $199 billion through approximately 149,000 stores with 61% of those stores located in the eastern portion of the country. We believe our continued expansion in the Eastern U.S. will be accomplished through acquisitions and by gaining new customers, both national and regional, through a combination of exemplary service, VCI programs, fresh product deliveries, innovative marketing strategies, and competitive pricing.
Some of our recent expansion activities include:
On May 7, 2013, we signed a three year distribution agreement with Turkey Hill, a subsidiary of the Kroger Co. (“Kroger”) and the largest of Kroger's convenience divisions, to service all their convenience stores, which are located across

2

Table of Contents

Pennsylvania, Ohio and Indiana. With the addition of the Turkey Hill stores, we serviced approximately 700 Kroger convenience locations as of December 31, 2013.
On December 17, 2012, we acquired J.T. Davenport & Sons, Inc. (“Davenport”), a large convenience wholesaler based in North Carolina, which services customers in the eight states of North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Maryland, Ohio, Kentucky, West Virginia and Virginia. This acquisition increased our market presence primarily in the Southeastern United States and further enhanced our ability to cost effectively service national and regional retailers.
On September 7, 2011, we signed a distribution agreement (“the Customer Agreement”) with Alimentation Couche-Tard Inc. ("Couche-Tard") to service Couche-Tard corporate stores, under the Circle K brand, within Couche-Tard's Southeast, Gulf Coast and Florida markets. We added a new distribution facility located in Tampa, Florida in 2011 as a result of the Customer Agreement. As of December 31, 2013, we serviced nearly 1,000 Circle K stores in these markets.
In May 2011, we acquired Forrest City Grocery Company (“FCGC”), a regional wholesale distributor providing Core-Mark with additional infrastructure and market share by servicing customers in Arkansas, Mississippi, Tennessee and the surrounding states.
Continue Building Sustainable Competitive Advantage. We believe our ability to increase sales and profitability with existing and new customers is highly dependent upon our ability to deliver consistently high levels of service, innovative marketing programs, technology solutions and logistics support. To that fundamental end, we are committed to further improving operational efficiencies in our distribution centers while containing our costs to enhance profitability. We were one of the first to recognize emerging trends and to offer retailers our unique strategic solutions such as VCI and Fresh. In addition, we continue to leverage our Focused Marketing Initiative (“FMI”), which is designed to drive deeper entrenchment with our customer base and to further differentiate us in the market place. The FMI program is centered on increasing the sales and profitability of the independent store through improved category insights, optimized retail price strategy, demographic decision-making along with providing Core-Mark's marketing solutions to create a complete retail marketing strategy. We believe our innovative approach, which focuses on building a trusted partnership with our customers, has established us as the market leader in providing valuable marketing and supply chain solutions to the convenience retail industry.
Customers, Products and Suppliers
We service over 30,000 customer locations in 50 states in the U.S. and five Canadian provinces. Our primary customer base consists of large national, regional, and independent convenience retailers in the U.S. and Canada. In addition, we are expanding our distribution into alternative channels including drug stores and large-scale retailers. Our top ten customers accounted for 35.4%43.2% of our net sales in 2013 including2016. Our largest customers were Murphy U.S.A., which the Company began servicing in the first quarter of 2016, and Alimentation Couche-Tard, our largest customer, whichInc. ("Couche-Tard"). Murphy U.S.A and Couche-Tard accounted for 14.7%12.0% and 11.4% of our total net sales.sales, respectively.
Products
We purchase a variety of brand name and private label products, in excess of 53,000 stock keeping units ("SKUs"), from suppliers and manufacturers. Cigarette products represent less than 5% of our total SKUs purchased. We offer customers a variety of food/non-food products, including fast food, candy, snacks, groceries, fresh products, dairy, bread, beverages, other tobacco products, general merchandise and health and beauty care products.
Below is a comparison of our net sales mix by primary product category for the last three years (in millions):
 Year Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Product CategoryNet Sales % of Net Sales Net Sales % of Net Sales Net Sales % of Net Sales
Cigarettes$10,335.7
 71.1% $7,528.5
 68.0% $6,942.0
 67.5%
Food (1)
1,422.5
 9.8
 1,251.1
 11.3
 1,180.9
 11.5
Fresh (1)
389.8
 2.7
 335.0
 3.0
 281.1
 2.7
Candy620.0
 4.3
 557.0
 5.0
 534.3
 5.2
Other tobacco products ("OTP")1,133.8
 7.8
 870.3
 8.0
 827.5
 8.1
Health, beauty & general446.7
 3.1
 368.8
 3.3
 361.0
 3.5
Beverages176.5
 1.2
 156.6
 1.4
 151.8
 1.5
Equipment/other4.4
 
 2.1
 
 1.5
 
Total food/non-food products4,193.7
 28.9% 3,540.9
 32.0% 3,338.1
 32.5%
Total net sales$14,529.4
 100.0% $11,069.4
 100.0% $10,280.1
 100.0%

 Year Ended December 31,
 2013 2012 2011
Product CategoryNet Sales % of Net Sales Net Sales % of Net Sales Net Sales % of Net Sales
Cigarettes$6,642.0
 68.0% $6,139.4
 69.0% $5,710.6
 70.4%
Food1,342.3
 13.7
 1,178.6
 13.4
 995.7
 12.3
Candy527.2
 5.4
 489.5
 5.5
 459.8
 5.7
Other tobacco products787.8
 8.1
 687.8
 7.7
 607.9
 7.5
Health, beauty & general327.3
 3.4
 269.2
 3.0
 237.5
 2.9
Beverages139.1
 1.4
 125.6
 1.4
 100.9
 1.2
Equipment/other1.9
 
 2.3
 
 2.5
 
Total food/non-food products3,125.6
 32.0
 2,753.0
 31.0
 2,404.3
 29.6
Total net sales$9,767.6
 100.0% $8,892.4
 100.0% $8,114.9
 100.0%
(1)In 2016, the Fresh category was separated from the Food category to better highlight the growth in the Fresh commodity. The 2015 and 2014 presentations have been realigned to reflect these changes.
Cigarette Products.We purchase cigarette products from major U.S. and Canadian manufacturers. With cigarettes accounting for approximately $6,642.0 million, or 68.0% of our total net sales, and 29.5% of our total gross profit in 2013, we control major purchases of cigarettes centrally to optimize inventory levels and purchasing opportunities. The daily replenishment of inventory and brand selection is controlled by our distribution centers.
U.S. and Canadian cigarette consumption steadily declined from 2002 to 2012. Based on the 2012 statistics provided by the Tobacco Merchants Association (“TMA”) published in 2013 compiled from the U.S. Department of Agriculture - Economic Research Service, total cigarette consumption in the U.S. declined from 425 billion cigarettes in 2002 to 294 billion cigarettes in

3

Table of Contents

2012, or a compounded annual decline of approximately 3.6%. Total cigarette consumption also declined in Canada from 37 billion cigarettes in 2002 to 25 billion cigarettes in 2012, or a compounded annual decline of approximately 3.8%, based on statistics provided by the TMA. Our total cigarette carton sales increased 7.6% in 2013 attributable primarily to our acquisition of Davenport in December of 2012 and net market gain shares.  Excluding the acquisition of Davenport, our carton sales in the U.S. declined 1.8%. Our carton sales in Canada decreased 7.5% in 2013 on a comparative basis to the prior year due primarily to the loss of two non-major customers in the fourth quarter of 2012. Although we anticipate overall cigarette consumption will continue to decline, we expect to offset these declines through market share expansion, growth in our non-cigarette categories and incremental gross profitfrom cigarette manufacturer price increases. We expect cigarette manufacturers will continue to raise prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability.
We have no long-term cigarette purchase agreements and buy substantially all of our products on an as-needed basis. Cigarette manufacturers historically offer structured incentive programs to wholesalers based on maintaining market share and executing promotional programs. These programs are subjectNet sales of the cigarettes category grew 37.3% in 2016 to change$10,335.7 million, accounting for approximately 71.1% of our total net sales and 29.9% of our total gross profit in 2016. We control major purchases of cigarettes centrally to optimize inventory levels and purchasing opportunities, and the daily replenishment of inventory and brand selection is controlled by our distribution centers.
In 2016 our cigarette carton sales in the U.S. and Canada increased 34.5% and 13.8%, respectively, benefiting from market share gains, including the addition of Murphy U.S.A, and the acquisition of Pine State Convenience. In the industry overall, U.S. and Canadian cigarette consumption steadily declined over the last decade. Based on data compiled from the U.S. Department of Agriculture - Economic Research Service and provided by the Tobacco Merchants Association ("TMA"), total cigarette consumption in the U.S declined from 389 billion cigarettes in 2006 to 275 billion cigarettes in 2015, or a compounded annual decline of approximately 3.8%. Total cigarette consumption declined in Canada from 32 billion cigarettes in 2006 to 27 billion cigarettes in 2015, or a compounded annual decline of approximately 1.9% based on statistics provided by the TMA. Although we anticipate overall cigarette consumption will continue to decline, we expect to offset these declines through market share expansion, growth in our non-cigarette categories and incremental gross profit from cigarette manufacturer price increases.

We expect cigarette manufacturers without notice.will continue to raise prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability.
Excise taxes are levied on cigarettes and other tobacco products by the U.S. and Canadian federal governments and are also imposed by the various states, localities and provinces. We collect state, local, and provincial excise taxes from our customers and remit these amounts to the appropriate authorities based on the credit terms, if applicable, extended by each jurisdiction. Excise taxes are a significant component of our net sales and cost of sales. During 2013, netNet sales and cost of sales included offsetting amounts of approximately $2,050.8 million related to state, local and provincial excise taxes. As of December 31, 2013, state cigarette excise taxes were approximately $3.0 billion, $2.2 billion and $2.1 billion in the U.S. jurisdictions we serve ranged from $0.17 per pack of 20 cigarettes in the state of Missouri to $4.35 per pack of 20 cigarettes in the state of New York. In the Canadian jurisdictions we serve, provincial excise taxes ranged from C$2.47 per pack of 20 cigarettes in Ontario to C$5.80 per pack of 20 cigarettes in Manitoba. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass the tax on to us as part of the product cost2016, 2015 and thus are not a component of our excise taxes.2014, respectively.
Food/Non-food Products. Our food products include fast food, candy, snacks, groceries, beverages and fresh products such as sandwiches, juices, salads, produce, dairy and bread. Our non-food products include cigars, tobacco, health and beauty care products, general merchandise and equipment. Net sales of the combined food/non-food product categories grew 13.5%18.4% in 20132016 to $3,125.6$4,193.7 million, which was 32.0%28.9% of our total net sales. More specifically, sales in the food category grew 13.9%driven primarily by incremental sales to $1,342.3 million, by far the largest contributor to our overall food/non-food sales improvement.  This is consistent with our strategy to grow food/non-food products at a faster pace than cigarettes through a combination ofexisting customers and market share gains and executionincluding the acquisition of ourPine State Convenience. Sales generated from VCI, Fresh and FMI and acquisition strategies.
were the primary drivers of the increased sales to existing customers. Gross profit for food/non-food categories grew $52.8$59.5 million, or 16.2%13.0%, to $378.6$516.9 million in 2013,2016, which was 70.5%70.1% of our total gross profit. Food/non-food products generated gross margins of 13.0% excluding excise taxes in 2013, while the cigarette category generated gross margins of 3.3% excluding excise taxes. In order to take advantage of the significantly higher margins earned by food/non-food products, two of our key business strategies, VCI and the delivery of fresh products,Fresh, focus primarily on the highest margin categories in the food/non-food group. ThereWe believe there is a special emphasis onan increasing trend toward purchases of fresh categories, which include items such as milk, bread, sandwiches, fruit, produce, baked goods, home meal replacementsfood from convenience and other fresh products. We have made significant capital investments over the years to create the proper infrastructure to successfully deliver these highly perishable items.
Another primary aspectretail store formats. Combined sales of our VCIFood and Fresh categories grew $226.2 million, or 14.3%, to $1,812.3 million. We also believe there is an overall trend toward the increased use of other tobacco products. Sales of OTP increased $263.5 million, or 30.3%, driven primarily by this trend, as well as market share gains. Our strategy is to take cost out of the supply chain by putting more of the product that the retailers purchase on our delivery trucks. We targeted $100 million of incremental sales for the last five years, which contributedcontinue to the growth in ourgrow food/non-food sales and gross profit dollars. In addition, our FMI strategy was created to assist our independent retailer to sell more food/non-food items and to increase profitability. 
We completed five acquisitions between 2006 and 2012.  At the time of acquisition, most of these companies generally had a higher index of cigarette sales than our company-wide average; however,products through our marketing programs we are able to grow the higher margin food/non-food categories of these acquired businesses as we bring our strategies to their customers.  In addition, our market share has grown steadily over the last several years, due, in part, to our capability to deliver freshVCI, Fresh, and perishable categories.  We believe that fresh items are increasingly driving consumer decisions, and fresh products will continue to be an important category going forward.FMI strategies.
Our
Suppliers.

We purchase products for resale from approximately 4,7005,000 trade suppliers and manufacturers located across the U.S. and Canada. In 2013,2016, we purchased approximately 64%79% of our products from our top 20 suppliers, with our top two suppliers, Philip Morris USA, Inc. and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, accounting for approximately 28%35% and 14%23% of our purchases, respectively. We coordinate our purchasing from suppliers by negotiating, on a corporate-wide basis, special arrangements to obtain volume discounts and additional incentives, while also taking advantage of promotional and marketing incentives offered to us as a wholesale distributor. In addition, buyers in each of our distribution facilities purchase products particularly food, directly from the manufacturers, improving product mix and availability for individual markets.

4

Table of Contents

Seasonality
We typically generate slightly higher net sales and higher gross profits during the warm weather months (April through September) than in other times throughout the year. We believe this occurs because the convenience store industry which we serve tends to be busier during this period due to vacations and other travel by consumers. We generated approximately 53%, 52% and 53% of our net sales during the second and third quarters of 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.


Operations
We operateAs of December 31, 2016, we operated a network of 2830 distribution centers in the U.S. and Canada (excluding two distribution facilities we operate as a third party logistics provider). Twenty-fourTwenty-five of our distribution centers are located in the U.S. and fourfive are located in Canada.
The map below depicts the scope of our operations and the names of our distribution centers.
Map of Operations


We operate four consolidation centers including one that opened in Toronto, Canada in the fourth quarter of 2013, which buy products from our suppliers in bulk quantities and then distributere-distribute the products to many of our other distribution centers. The products purchased by our consolidation centers include frozen and chilled items, candy, snacks, beverages, health and beauty care and general merchandise products. The new center in Toronto was launched with an exclusive distribution arrangement with a retail beverage manufacturer. We expect to obtain additional consolidated purchasing opportunities for Canada in 2014. We operate two additional facilities as a third party logistics provider. One distribution facility located in Phoenix, Arizona, referred to as the Arizona Distribution Center (“ADC”("ADC"), is dedicated solely to supporting the logistics and management requirements of one of our major customers, Couche-Tard. The second distribution facility located in San Antonio, Texas, referred to as the Retail Distribution Center (“RDC”("RDC"), is dedicated solely to supporting another major customer, CST Brands, Inc. (formerly, Valero Energy Corporation).
We purchase a variety of brand name and private label products, in excess of 53,000 SKUs, from suppliers and manufacturers. Cigarette products represent less than 5% of our total SKUs purchased. We offer customers a variety of food/non-food products, including fast food, candy, snacks, groceries, fresh products, dairy, bread, beverages, other tobacco products, general merchandise and health and beauty care products.
A typical convenience store order consists of a mix of dry, frozen and chilled products. Our receivers, stockers, order selectors, stampers, forklift drivers and loaders received, stocked and picked approximately 615 million, 551 million and 476 million items or 96 million, 86 million and 71 million cubic feet of product, during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, while limiting the service error rate to less than 2.7 errors per thousand items shipped in 2013.
Our proprietary Distribution Center Management System platform provides our distribution centers with the flexibility to adapt rapidly to changing business needs and allows them to provide our customers with necessary information technology requirements and integration capabilities.

5

Table of Contents


Distribution
At December 31, 2013,2016, we had approximately 1,3001,800 transportation department personnel, including delivery drivers, shuttle drivers, routers, training supervisors and managers who focus on achieving safe, on-time deliveries. Our daily orders are picked and loaded nightly in reverse order of scheduled delivery. At December 31, 2013,2016, our truckingdistribution fleet primarily consisted of nearly 1,500 leased tractors and trailers with over 800 tractors, trucks and vans, of which mostly all were leased.500 additional owned trailers. We have made a significant investment over the past few years in upgrading our trailer fleet to tri-temperature (“tri-temp”),tri-temp, which gives us the capability to deliver frozen, chilled and non-refrigerated goods in one delivery. As of December 31, 2013,2016, approximately 80%97% of our trailers were tri-temp, with the remainder capable of

delivering refrigerated and non-refrigerated foods. This provides us the multiple temperature zone capability needed to support our focus on delivering fresh products to our customers. In addition, in 2013, we began converting portions of our fleet to tractors, which use compressed natural gas ("CNG"). At December 31, 2013, we had 57 CNG tractors. We plan to converthave transitioned a large portion of our truck fleet to CNG tractors in orderCompressed Natural Gas ("CNG"), which allows us to reduce our carbon footprint and lower our fuel costs with the added benefit of reducing carbon emissions. Our fuel consumption costs in 2013 totaled approximately $16.9 million, net of fuel surcharges passed on to customers, which represented an increase of approximately 16%, from $14.6 million in 2012, due primarily to a 11.9% increase in miles driven due to the addition of Davenport and the growth in our business.

Competition
We estimate that, astransportation costs. As of December 31, 2013, there were2016, approximately 300 wholesale distributors serving traditional convenience retailers20% of our trucks ran on CNG. To date, we have opened seven CNG stations, two of which we own, located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania and Corona, California, and the other five are operated in partnership with U.S. Oil and Canada. are located in Aurora, Colorado, Forrest City, Arkansas, Sanford, North Carolina, Atlanta, Georgia and Tampa, Florida under the name GAIN Clean Fuel ("GAIN"). In addition to providing fuel to our fleet, the GAIN stations are also open to other public fleets for fueling.

Competition
Competition within the industry is based primarily on the range and quality of the services provided, price, product selection and the reliability of wholesalers’ logistics as well as proximity to the customer's stores. We operate from a perspective that focuses heavily on flexibility and providing outstanding customer service through our distribution centers, order fulfillment rates, on-time delivery, innovative marketing solutions and merchandising support as well as competitive pricing.
We believe McLane Company, Inc., a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc., and Core-Mark are the two largest convenience wholesale distributors (measured by annual sales) in North America. There are two other large regional companies that provide products to specific areascover the eastern half of the country,U.S: The H.T. Hackney Company inand the Southeast and Eby-Brown Company in the Midwest and Mid-Atlantic regions.Eby Brown Company. In addition, there are several hundredhundreds of local distributors serving small regional chains and independent convenience retailers. In Canada, in addition to Core-Mark, there is one large national company, Wallace & Carey, Inc., one regional company which services the Ontario market, Karrys Bros.,Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta markets, Pratts Wholesale Limited, and more recently one large national convenience store and grocery wholesaler, Sobeys Inc., aside from Core-Mark, that make up the competitive landscape.
Beyond the traditional wholesale supply channels, we face potential competition from at least three other supply avenues. First, certain manufacturers such as Budweiser, Miller-Coors,Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., MillerCoors LLC, The Coca-Cola Company, Frito-Lay, Inc., a division of PepsiCo, Inc. ("PepsiCo") and PepsiCo deliver their products directly to convenience retailers. Secondly, club wholesalers such as Costco Wholesale Corporation ("Costco") and Sam's ClubSam’s West, Inc. ("Sam’s Club") provide a limited selection of products at generally competitive prices; however, they often have limited delivery options and limited services. Finally, some large convenience retail chains self-distribute products due to the geographic density of their stores and their belief that they can economically service such locations.
Competition within the industry is based primarily on the range and quality of the services provided, price, product selection and the reliability of wholesalers' logistics. We operate from a perspective that focuses heavily on flexibility and providing outstanding customer service through our distribution centers, order fulfillment rates, on-time delivery performance using delivery equipment sized for the small format store, innovative marketing solutions and merchandising support, as well as competitive pricing. We believe this represents a contrast to some large competitors that offer a standardized logistics approach, with emphasis on uniformity of product lines, and company determined delivery schedules using large delivery equipment designed for large format stores. While this emphasis on a standardized logistics approach allows for competitive pricing, we do not believe it is best suited for retailers looking for more customized solutions and support from their supply partners in addition to competitive pricing. Alternatively, some small competitors focus on customer service and long-standing customer relationships but often lack the range of offerings of the larger distributors. We believe that our unique combination of service, marketing solutions and price is a compelling combination that is highly attractive to retailers and helps to enhance their growth and profitability.
In the U.S. we purchase cigarettes primarily from manufacturers covered by the tobacco industry's Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”), which was signed in November 1998. Competition amongst cigarette wholesalers is based primarily on service, price and variety, whereas competition amongst manufacturers for cigarette sales is based primarily on brand positioning, price, product attributes, consumer loyalty, promotions, marketing and retail presence. Cigarette brands produced by the major tobacco product manufacturers generally require competitive pricing, substantial marketing support, retail programs and other financial incentives to maintain or improve a brand's market position. Historically, major tobacco product manufacturers have had a competitive advantage in the U.S. because significant cigarette marketing restrictions and the scale of investment required to compete made gaining consumer awareness and trial of new brands difficult.
We face competition from the diversion into the U.S. and Canadian markets of cigarettes intended for sale outside of such markets, including the sale of cigarettes in non-taxable jurisdictions, inter-state/provincial and international smuggling of cigarettes, the sale of counterfeit cigarettes by third parties, increased imports of foreign low priced brands, the sale of cigarettes by third parties over the internet and by other means designed to avoid collection of applicable taxes. The competitive environment has been characterized by a continued influx of cheap products and tobacco alternatives, including electronic cigarettes that challenge sales of higher priced and fully taxed cigarettes.

6

Table of Contents

We also believe the competitive environment has been impacted by alternative smoking products, such as snus, electronic cigarettes and the emergence of nicotine consumption through vapor devices. In addition, cigarette prices continue to rise due to continuing pressure on taxing jurisdictions to raise revenues through excise taxes. Further, cigarette list prices have historically increased for those manufacturers who are parties to the MSA. As a result, the lower priced products of numerous small share brands manufactured by non-MSA participants have held their market share, putting profitability pressure on MSA products.

Working Capital Practices
We sell products on credit terms to our customers that averaged, as measured by days sales outstanding, about nine days for each of 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011.2014. Credit terms may impact pricing and are competitive within our industry. An increasing numberMany of our customers remit payment electronically, which facilitates efficient and timely monitoring of payment risk. Canadian days sales outstanding in receivables tend to be lower as Canadian industry practice is for shorter credit terms than in the U.S.
We maintain our inventory of products based on the level of sales of the particular product and manufacturer replenishment cycles. The number of days a particular item of inventory remains in our distribution centers varies by product and is principally driven by the turnover of that product and economic order quantities. We typically order and carry in inventory additional amounts of certain critical products to assure high order fulfillment levels for these items. Periodically, we may carry higher levels of inventory to take advantage of anticipated manufacturer price increases. The number of days of cost of sales in inventory averaged about 15 days in 2016, and 16 days in each of 2013, 2012both 2015 and 2011 with the2014. The cigarette category averaging 10averaged nine days, ten days, and nine days, in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The food/non-food categories averaging 30 days. averaged 27 days in 2016, and 29 days in both 2015 and 2014.
We obtain terms from our vendors and certain taxing jurisdictions based on industry practices, consistent with our credit standing. We take advantage of the full complement of term offerings, which may include enhanced cash discounts for earlier payment or prepayment. Terms for our accounts payable and cigarette and tobacco taxes payable range anywhere from three daysone day prepaid to 60 days credit. Days payable outstanding for both categories, excluding the impact of prepayments, during each of 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 20112014 averaged about 11 days.


Employees
The following chart provides a breakdown of our employees by function and geographic region (including employees at our third party logisticlogistics facilities) as of December 31, 2013:2016:
TOTAL EMPLOYEES BY BUSINESS FUNCTIONSFUNCTION
 
U.S. Canada TotalU.S. Canada Total
Sales and Marketing1,256
 65
 1,321
1,465
 108
 1,573
Warehousing and Distribution3,255
 297
 3,552
4,766
 367
 5,133
Management, Administration, Finance and Purchasing628
 116
 744
834
 148
 982
Total Categories5,139
 478
 5,617
7,065
 623
 7,688
 
Three of our distribution centers, Hayward, Las Vegas and Calgary, have employees who are covered by collective bargaining agreements with local affiliates of The International Brotherhood of Teamsters (Hayward and Las Vegas) and the United Food and Commercial Workers International Union (Calgary). Approximately 210325 employees, or 4% of our workforce, are unionized. There have been no disruptions in customer service, strikes, work stoppages or slowdowns as a result of union activities, and we believe we have satisfactory relations with our employees.

7

Table of Contents

Regulation
As a distributor of food products in the U.S., we are subject to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and regulations promulgated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). The FDA regulates food products through its current good manufacturing practice regulations, specifies the standards of identity for certain foods and prescribes the format and content of certain information required to appear on food product labels. A limited number of the over-the-counter medications that we distribute are subject to the regulations of the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”("FDA"). In Canada, similar standards related to food and over-the-counter medications are governed by Health Canada. The products we distribute are also subject to federal, state, provincial and local regulation through such measures as the licensing of our facilities, enforcement by state, provincial and local health agencies of relevant standards for the products we distribute and regulation of our trade practices in connection with the sale of our products. Our facilities are inspected periodically by federal, state, provincial and local authorities, including the Occupational Safety and Health Administration ("OSHA") under the U.S. Department of Labor, (“OSHA”), which require us to comply with certain health and safety standards to protect our employees.
We are also subject to regulation by numerous other federal, state, provincial and local regulatory agencies including, but not limited to, the U.S. Department of Labor, which sets employment practice standards for workers, the U.S. and Canadian Departments of Transportation, which regulate transportation of perishable goods, and similar state, provincial and local agencies. Non-complianceOur distribution centers in the U.S. and Canada are subject to a broad spectrum of federal, state, provincial and local environmental protection statutes including those that govern the emissions to air, soil and water, and the disposal of hazardous substances.
Our policy is to comply with or significant changes to, these laws or the implementationall regulatory and legal requirements and management is not aware of new laws, couldany related issues that may have a material effect onupon our business, financial condition or results of operations.
In September 2011, the Tobacco Products Labeling Regulations (Cigarettes and Little Cigars) came into force in Canada with strengthened labeling requirements for cigarettes and little cigar packages. The requirements include graphic health warnings and health information messages which are prominently displayed on the front and back of most tobacco packages and focus primarily on the health hazards posed by tobacco use.
We voluntarily participate in random quality inspections of all of our distribution centers, conducted by the American Institute of Baking (“AIB”). The AIB publishes standards as a tool to permit operators of distribution centers to evaluate the food safety risks within their operations and determine the levels of compliance with the standards. AIB conducts an inspection, which is composed of food safety and quality criteria. AIB conducts its inspections based on five categories: adequacy of the company's food safety program, pest control, operational methods and personnel practices, maintenance of food safety and cleaning practices. Within these five categories, the AIB evaluates over 100 criteria items. In 2013, 96.8% of the audits of our distribution centers received a score of 900 or greater (on a possible 1,000 point scale).

Registered Trademarks
We have registered trademarks including the following: Arcadia Bay®, Arcadia Bay Coffee Company®, BOONDOGGLES™, Cable Car®, Core-Mark®, Core-Mark InternationalCore Solutions Group®, EMERALD®,, Java Street®, QUICKEATS®, SmartStock®, and Tastefully YoursPine State Convenience®..

Segment and Geographic Information
We operate inhave two geographic areasoperating segments which aggregate into one reportable segment. We also present certain financial information by segment region -- the U.S. and Canada. See Note 16 - Segment and Geographic Information to our consolidated financial statements.
Seasonality
We typically generate slightly higher net sales and gross profits during the warm weather months (April through September) than in other times throughout the year. We believe this occurs because the convenience store industry tends to be busier due to timing of vacations and increase in travel during this period.

Corporate and Available Information
Our corporate headquarters is located at 395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 415, South San Francisco, California, 94080 and our telephone number is (650) 589-9445.

Our internet website address is www.core-mark.com. We provide free access to various reports that we file with or furnish to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”("SEC") through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed or furnished. These reports include, but are not limited to, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports. Our SEC reports can be accessed through the “Investor Relations” section of our website under “Financials and Filings”,Filings,” or through www.sec.gov. Further, a copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is located at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.
Also available on our website are printable versions of Core-Mark'sCore-Mark’s Audit Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter, Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Corporate Governance Guidelines and Principles and other corporate information. Copies of these documents may also be requested from:
Core-Mark International
395 Oyster Point Blvd, Suite 415
South San Francisco, CA 94080
Attention: Investor Relations

8

Table of Contents

Corporate Governance--Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Whistle Blower Policy:
Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is designed to promote honest, ethical and lawful conduct by all employees, officers and directors and is available on the “Investor Relations” section of our website at www.core-mark.com under “Corporate Governance.”
Additionally, the Audit Committee (“Audit Committee”) of the Board of Directors of Core-Mark has established procedures to receive, retain, investigate and act on complaints and concerns of employees, stockholders and others regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters, including complaints regarding attempted or actual circumvention of internal accounting controls or complaints regarding violations of the Company'sour accounting policies. The procedures are also described on our website at www.core-mark.com under “Corporate Governance” in the “Investor Relations” section.



9

Table of Contents

ITEM 1. A.1A.     RISK FACTORS
Our business is subject to a variety of risks. Set forth below are certain of the important risks that we face, the occurrence of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. These risks are not the only ones we face. We could also be affected by additional factors that are presently unknown to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial to our business.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
Our ability to operate effectively could be impaired by the risks and costs associated with expansion activities.
Our business has expanded rapidly and market share growth is one of our key company initiatives. To accomplish this growth we have focused on strategic acquisitions and securing large regional and national customers as key elements of success. Any significant expansion activity comes with inherent risks. Acquisitions may entail various risks such as identifying suitable candidates, realizing acceptable rates of return on the investment, identifying potential liabilities, obtaining adequate financing, negotiating acceptable terms and conditions, and successfully integrating operations and converting systems post acquisition. Integrating a large new customer has similar risks of realizing acceptable returns on invested working capital, negotiating acceptable pricing and service levels, while managing resources and business interruptions as we integrate the new business into our current infrastructure. We may realize higher costs, lower margins or fewer benefits than originally anticipated and may experience disruption to our base business in connection with such acquisitions and other new customer integration activities.
We depend on attracting and retaining qualified labor including our senior management and other key personnel.
We substantially depend on the continued services and performance of our senior executive officers as named in our Proxy Statement and other key employees. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on these individuals, and we do not have employment agreements with any of them. The loss of the services of any of our senior executive officers or other key personnel could harm our business.
We compete with other businesses in each of our markets with respect to attracting and retaining qualified employees. A shortage of qualified employees, especially drivers, in a market could require us to enhance our wage and benefit packages in order to compete effectively in the hiring and retention of qualified employees or to hire more expensive temporary employees. Any such shortage of qualified employees could decrease our ability to effectively serve our customers and might lead to lower profits because of higher labor costs.
Our ability to meet our labor needs is generally subject to numerous other external factors, including prevailing wage rates, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs, and adoption of new or revised employment and labor laws and regulations. These external factors could prevent us from locating, attracting or retaining qualified personnel, which would impact the quality of the services which provide to our customers, and our financial performance may be adversely affected.
We are dependent on the convenience retail industry, and our results of operations could suffer if it experiences an overall decline or consolidation.
The majority of our sales are made under purchase orders and short-term contracts with convenience retail stores which inherently involve significant risks. These risks include declining sales in the convenience retail industry due to general economic conditions, including rising gasoline prices, which may impact “in store”“in-store” retail sales, competition from grocery stores and other retail outlets, termination of customer relationships and consolidation of our customer base. Such events could cause us to experience decreases in revenues and put pressure on our margins. In addition, any decline in the convenience store industry may place a number of our convenience retail customers under financial stress, which couldmargins and increase our credit risk and potential bad debt exposure.
Many of the markets in which we compete are highly competitive and we may lose market share and suffer a decline in sales and profitability in these markets if we are unable to outperform our competition.
Our distribution centers operate in highly competitive markets. We face competition from local, regional and national tobacco and consumable products distributors on the basis of service, price, reliability, delivery schedules, and variety of products offered. We also face competition from club stores and alternate sources that sell consumable products to convenience retailers. Some of our competitors, including McLane Company, Inc. (a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc.), have substantial financial resources and long-standing customer relationships. In addition, heightened competition among our existing competitors, or by new entrants into the distribution market, could create additional competitive pressures that may reduce ourresult in the loss of major customers, reduced margins, and adversely affector have other adverse effects on our business. If we fail to successfully respond to these competitive pressures or to implement our strategies effectively, we may lose market share and our results of operations could suffer.
Our failure to maintain relationships with large customers could potentially harm our business.
We have relationships with many large regional and national convenience and other store chains. While we expect to maintain these relationships for the foreseeable future, any termination, non-renewal or reduction in services that we provide to such customers could cause our revenues and operating results to suffer.

We may lose business if manufacturers or large retail customers convert to direct distribution of their products.
In the past, certain large manufacturers and customers have elected to engage in direct distribution or third party distribution of their products and eliminate wholesale distributors such as Core-Mark. If other manufacturers or retail customers make similar elections in the future, our revenues and profits would be adversely affected and there can be no assurance that we will be able to mitigate such losses.
Our business is sensitive to fuel prices and related transportation costs, which could adversely affect our business.
Our operating results are sensitive to, and may be adversely affected by, unexpected increases in fuel or other transportation-related costs, including costs from the use of third party carriers, temporary staff and overtime. Historically, we have been able to pass on a substantial portion of increases in our own fuel or other transportation costs to our customers in the form of fuel or delivery surcharges, but our ability to continue to pass through these increases, is not assured. If we are unable to continue to pass on fuel and transportation-related cost increases to our customers or do not realize the benefits we expect from converting a large percentage of our trucks to operate on natural gas or incur higher expenses if the price of diesel fuel decreases but the price of natural gas does not similarly decrease, our operating results could be materially and adverselynegatively affected.
Cigarette and consumable goods distribution is a low-margin business sensitive to inflation and deflation.
We derive most of our revenues from the distribution of cigarettes, other tobacco products, candy, snacks, fast food, groceries, fresh products, dairy, beverages, general merchandise and health and beauty care products. Our industry is characterized by a high volume of sales with low profit margins. Our food/non-food sales are generally priced based on the manufacturer'smanufacturer’s cost of the product plus a percentage markup. As a result, our profit levels may be negatively impacted during periods of cost deflation or stagnation for these products, even though our gross profit as a percentage of the price of goods sold may remain relatively constant. In addition, periods of product cost inflation may have a negative impact on our gross profit margins with respect to sales of cigarettes because gross profit on cigarette sales are generally fixed on a cents per carton basis. Therefore, as cigarette prices increase, gross profit generally decreases as a percentage of sales. In addition, if the cost of the cigarettes that we purchase increases

10

Table of Contents

due to manufacturer price increases, reduced or eliminated manufacturer discounts and incentive programs or increases in applicable excise tax rates, our inventory carrying costs and accounts receivable could rise, placing pressure on our working capital requirements.
We rely on manufacturer discount and incentive programs and cigarette excise stamping allowances, and any material changes in these programs could adversely affect our results of operations.
We receive payments from the manufacturers on the products we distribute for allowances, discounts, volume rebates and other merchandising and incentive programs. These payments are a substantial benefitcontributor to us.our gross profit. The amount and timing of these payments are affected by changes in the programs by the manufacturers, our ability to sell specified volumes of a particular product, attaining specified levels of purchases by our customers and the duration of carrying a specified product. In addition, we receive discounts from certain taxing jurisdictions in connection with the collection of excise taxes. If the manufacturers or taxing jurisdictions change or discontinue these programs or change the timing of payments, or if we are unable to maintain the volume of our sales required by such programs, our results of operations could be negatively affected.
We depend on relatively few suppliers for a large portion of our products, and any interruptions in the supply of the products that we distribute could adversely affect our results of operations.
We obtain the products we distribute from third party suppliers. At December 31, 2013,2016, we had approximately 4,7005,000 vendors and during 20132016 we purchased approximately 64%79% of our products from our top 20 suppliers, with purchases from our top two suppliers, Philip Morris USA, Inc. and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, representing approximately 28%35% and 14%23% of our purchases, respectively. We do not have any long-term contracts with our suppliers committing them to provide products to us. Our suppliers may not provide the products we distribute in the quantities we request on favorable terms, or at all. We are also subject to delays caused by interruption in production due to conditions outside our control, such as slow-downs or strikes by employees of suppliers, inclement weather, transportation interruptions, regulatory requirements and natural disasters. Our inability to obtain adequate supplies of the products we distribute could cause us to fail to meet our contractual and other obligations to our customers and reduce the volume of our sales and profitability.
Our ability to operate effectively could be impaired by the risks and costs associated with expansion activities.
Market share growth is one of our key company initiatives. To accomplish this growth we have focused on strategic acquisitions and securing large regional and national customers as key elements of success. Any significant expansion activity comes with inherent risks.  Acquisitions may entail various risks such as identifying suitable candidates, realizing acceptable rates of return on the investment, identifying potential liabilities, obtaining adequate financing, negotiating acceptable terms and conditions, and successfully integrating operations and converting systems post acquisition.  Integrating a large new customer has similar risks of realizing acceptable returns on invested working capital, negotiating acceptable pricing and service levels, while managing resources and business interruptions as we integrate the new business into our current infrastructure. We may realize higher costs or lower margins than originally anticipated and may experience disruption to our base business, and may not realize the anticipated benefits or savings from expansion activities to the extent or in the time frame expected. 
We may be subject to product liability claims and counterfeit product claims which could materially adversely affect our business.
As a distributor of food and consumer products, we face the risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of a product sold by us causes injury or illness. In addition, certain products that we distribute may be subject to counterfeiting. Our business could be adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of the food and other products we distribute. Further, our operations could be subject to disruptions as a result of manufacturer recalls. This risk may increase as we continue to expand our distribution of fresh products. If we do not have adequate insurance, if contractual indemnification

from the supplier or manufacturer of the defective, contaminated or counterfeit product is not available, or if a supplier or manufacturer cannot fulfill its indemnification obligations to us, the liability relating to such product claims or disruption as a result of recall efforts could materially adversely impact our results of operations.
We may not be able to achieve the expected benefits from the implementation of marketing initiatives.
We are continuously improving our competitive performance through a series of strategic marketing initiatives. The goal of this effort is to develop and implement a comprehensive and competitive business strategy, addressing the special needs of the convenience industry environment, increasing our market position within the industry and ultimately creating increased shareholderstockholder value. Customer acceptance of our new distribution formats that we implementmarketing initiatives may not be as anticipated or competitive pressures may cause us to curtail or abandon these initiatives, resulting in lower revenue growth and unachieved cost savings.
Maintaining our brand and reputation is necessary for the success of our business.
Our established brand and reputation within the market largely contributes to our success. Our current and future business could be negatively impacted if we were poorly represented or garnered negative publicity through various media channels, which include but are not limited to, print, broadcast, web-based, and social media. Brand value is based in large part on perceptions of subjective qualities, and even isolated incidents can erode trust and confidence, particularly if they result in adverse publicity, governmental investigations or litigation. Even if the aforementioned situations were unfounded or not material to our business, these events could still diminish demand for our products and services and erode customer confidence. If any of these events were to occur, they could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
Our information technology systems may be subject to failure, disruptions, or security breaches (such as malware, viruses, hacking or other cyber-attacks) which could compromise our ability to conduct business, seriously harm our business and adversely affect our financial results.

11

Table of Contents

Our business is highly dependent on our customized enterprise information technology systems. We rely on our information technology systems and our internal information technology staff to maintain the information required to operate our distribution centers and to provide our customers with fast, efficient and reliable deliveries. We have taken steps to increase redundancy in our information technology systems and have disaster recovery plans in place to mitigate unforeseen events that could disrupt our systems'systems’ service. However, if our systems fail or are not reliable, we may suffer disruptions in service to our customers and our results of operations could suffer.
We may upgrade and replace various components of our proprietary ERPenterprise resource planning ("ERP") system periodically with the goal of maintaining and improving overall functionality, performance and service. Some ofAs technology-based solutions become more integrated with our upgrades may include the implementation of leading software solutions or enhanced customizationsservice offerings, our ability to service our existing systems. There are inherent risks associated with any system projectcustomers could be impacted, creating additional competitive pressure and there can be no guarantee any implementation will be free of disruptions or other operational problems.causing us to lose market share.
In addition, we retain sensitive data, including intellectual property, proprietary business information and personally identifiable information, in our secure data centers and on our networks. We may face threats to our data centers and networks of unauthorized access, security breaches and other system disruptions. Despite our security measures, our infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by experienced hackers or other disruptive problems.events.
Computer malware, viruses, hacking and other cyber-attacks have become more prevalent and may occur on our systems in the future. Intruders may also take the form of parties that attempt to fraudulently induce employees or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive or confidential information or otherwise disrupt operations. Any such security breach may compromise information stored on our networks and may result in significant data losses or theft of intellectual property, proprietary business information or personally identifiable information belonging to us or our customers, business partners or employees. Though it is difficult to determine what, if any, harm may directly result from any specific interruption or attack, any failure to maintain performance, reliability and security affects the availability of our technical infrastructure and technology-based services. Any such failure may harm our reputation and our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers and could impact our results of operation.
We may be subject to various claims and lawsuits that could result in significant expenditures.
The nature of our business exposes us to the potential for various claims and litigation related to labor and employment, personal injury, property damage, business practices, environmental liability and other matters. Any material litigation or a catastrophic accident or series of accidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.
We depend on our senior managementoperations and other key personnel.
We substantially depend on the continued services and performance of our senior executive officers as named in our Proxy Statement and other key employees. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on these individuals, and we do not have employment agreements with any of them. The loss of the services of any of our senior executive officers or other key personnel could harm our business.
Shortages of qualified labor could negatively impact our business and profitability.
Our continued success will depend partly on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. We compete with other businesses in each of our markets with respect to attracting and retaining qualified employees. A shortage of qualified employees, especially drivers, in a market could require us to enhance our wage and benefit packages in order to compete effectively in the hiring and retention of qualified employees or to hire more expensive temporary employees. Any such shortage of qualified employees could decrease our ability to effectively serve our customers and might lead to lower profits because of higher labor costs.cash flows.
Unions may attempt to organize our employees.
As of December 31, 2013, 210,2016, 325, or approximately 4%, of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements with labor organizations, which agreements expire at various times. We cannot assure you that we will be able to renew our respective

collective bargaining agreements on favorable terms, that employees at other facilities will not unionize or that our labor costs will not increase. In addition, the United States National Labor Relations Board ("NLRB") is becoming more active with the passage of administrative rules that could impact our ability to manage our labor force.force and wage successful campaigns preventing further unionization of our employees. To the extent we suffer business interruptions as a result of strikes or other work stoppages or slow downs,slow-downs, or our labor costs increase and we are not able to recover such increases through increased prices charged to customers or offsets by productivity gains, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Employee health benefit costs represent a significant expense to us and may negatively affect our profitability.
With over 3,6005,000 employees and their families participating in our health plans, our expenses relating to employee health benefits are substantial. In past years, we have experienced significant increases in certain of these costs, largely as a result of economic factors beyond our control, including, in particular, ongoing increases in health care costs well in excess of the rate of inflation. ContinuedIncreased participation in our health plans, continued increasing health care costs, as well as changes in laws, regulations and assumptions used to calculate health and benefit expenses, may adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations. In addition, the implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“ACA”("ACA") may significantlycontinue to increase our employee healthcare-related costs. We have migrated a significant number of employees to our high deductible plan resulting in a reduction in our claims exposure and offsetting other costs related to ACA. While we have taken steps to minimize the impact of ACA, there is no guarantee our efforts will be successful.
Changes to minimum wage laws and other governmental legislation or regulations could increase our costs substantially.
As of December 31, 2016, we had no employees who were paid under the minimum wage in their respective locations. Several bills have been introduced in the U.S. legislature over the past few years to increase the federal minimum wage. In addition, certain states have adopted or are considering adopting minimum wage statutes that exceed the federal minimum wage rate. Any increases in federal or state minimum wages could require us to increase the wages paid to our minimum wage employees and create pressure to raise wages for other employees who already earn above-minimum wages. If we are unable to pass these additional labor costs on to our customers in the form of increased prices or surcharges, our business and results of operations would be adversely affected.
If we are unable to comply with governmental regulations that affect our business or if there are substantial changes in these regulations, our business could be adversely affected.

12

Table of Contents

As a distributor of food and other consumable products, we are subject to regulation by the FDA, Health Canada and similar regulatory authorities at the federal,state, provincial and local levels. In addition, our employees operate tractor trailers, trucks, forklifts and various other powered material handling equipment and we are therefore subject to regulation by the U.S. and Canadian Departments of Transportation. Our operations are also subject to regulation by OSHA, the DEAU.S. Drug Enforcement Administration and a myriad of other federal, state, provincial and local agencies. Each of these regulatory authorities has broad administrative powers with respect to our operations. Regulations, and the costs of complying with those regulations, have been increasing in recent years. If we fail to adequately comply with government regulations, we could experience increased inspections or audits, regulatory authorities could take remedial action including imposing fines or shutting down our operations or we could be subject to increased compliance costs. If any of these events were to occur, our results of operations would be adversely affected.
Natural disaster damage could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our headquarters and several of our warehouses in California, as well as one of our data centers and one warehouse located near Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, are in or near high hazard earthquake zones. In addition, one of our data centers is located in Plano, Texas, which is susceptible to wind storms. We also have operations in areas that have been affected by natural disasters such as hurricanes, tornados, floods, and ice and snow storms. While we maintain insurance to cover us for suchcertain potential losses, our insurance may not be sufficient in the event of a significant natural disaster or payments under our policies may not be received timely enough to prevent adverse impacts on our business. Our customers could also be affected by like events, which could adversely impactaffect our sales and results of operations.
Insurance and claims expenses could have a material adverse effect on us.
We have a combination of both self-insurance and high-deductible insurance programs for the risks arising out of the services we provide and the nature of our operations throughout North America, including claims exposure resulting from personal injury, property damage, business interruption and workers'workers’ compensation. Workers'Workers’ compensation, automobile and general liabilities are determined using actuarial estimates of the aggregate liability for claims incurred and an estimate of incurred but not reported claims. Our accruals for insurance reserves reflect certain actuarial assumptions and management judgments, which are subject to a high degree of variability. If the number or severity of claims for which we are retaining risk increases, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. If we lose our ability to self-insure these risks, our insurance costs could materially increase and we may find it difficult to obtain adequate levels of insurance coverage.


Risks Related to the Distribution of Cigarettes and Other Tobacco Products
Our sales volume is largely dependent upon the distribution of cigarettes, sales of which are declining generally.
The distribution of cigarettes is currently a significant portion of our business. In 2013,2016, approximately 68.0%71.1% of our net sales (which includes excise taxes) and 29.5%29.9% of our gross profit were generated from the distribution of cigarettes. Due to increases in the prices of cigarettes, restrictions on cigarette manufacturers’ marketing and promotions, by cigarette manufacturers, increases in cigarette regulation and excise taxes, health concerns, increased pressure from anti-tobacco groups, the rise in popularity of tobacco alternatives, including electronic cigarettes, and other factors, cigarette consumption in the U.S. and Canada has been declining gradually over the past few decades. In most instances, tobacco alternatives, such as electronic cigarettes, are not subject to federal, state, provincial and local excise taxes like the sale of conventional cigarettes or other tobacco products. We expect consumption trends of legal cigarette products will continue to be negatively impacted by the factors described above. In addition, we expect rising prices may lead to a higher percentage of consumers purchasing cigarettes through illicit markets, over the internet and by other means designed to avoid payment of cigarette taxes. If we are unable to sell other products to make up for these declines in cigarette unit sales, our operating results may suffer.
Legislation, regulation and other matters are negatively affecting the cigarette and tobacco industry.
The tobacco industry is subject to a wide range of laws and regulations regarding the marketing, distribution, sale, taxation and use of tobacco products imposed by governmental entities. Various jurisdictions have adopted or are considering legislation and regulations restricting displays and marketing of tobacco products, establishing fire safety standards for cigarettes, raising the minimum age to possess or purchase tobacco products, requiring the disclosure of ingredients used in the manufacture of tobacco products, imposing restrictions on public smoking, restricting the sale of tobacco products directly to consumers or other recipients over the internet and other tobacco product regulation. In addition, the FDA has been empowered to regulate changes to nicotine yields and the chemicals and flavors used in tobacco products (including cigars, pipe and pipee-cigarette products), require ingredient listings be displayed on tobacco products, prohibit the use of certain terms which may attract youth or mislead users as to the risks involved with using tobacco products, as well as limit or otherwise impact the marketing of tobacco products by requiring additional labels or warnings as well as pre-approval ofby the FDA. Such legislation and related regulation is likely to continue adversely impacting the market for tobacco products and, accordingly, our sales of such products.
In Canada, many provinces have enacted legislation authorizing and facilitating the recovery by provincial governments of tobacco-related health care costs from the tobacco industry by way of lawsuit. Some Canadian provincial governments have either

13

Table of Contents

already initiated lawsuits or indicated an intention that such lawsuits will be filed. It is unclear at this time how such restrictions and lawsuits may affect Core-Mark and its Canadian operations.
If excise taxes are increased or credit terms are reduced, our sales of cigarettes and other tobacco products could decline and our liquidity could be negatively impacted.
Cigarettes and tobacco products are subject to substantial excise taxes in the U.S. and Canada. Significant increases in cigarette-related taxes and/or fees have been proposed or enacted and are likely to continue to be proposed or enacted by various taxing jurisdictions within the U.S. and Canada as a means of increasing government revenues. These tax increases negatively impact consumption. Additionally, they may cause a shift in sales from premium brands to discount brands, illicit channels or tobacco alternatives, such as electronic cigarettes, as smokers seek lower priced options.
Taxing jurisdictions have the ability to change or rescind credit terms currently extended for the remittance of tax that we collect on their behalf. If these excise taxes are substantially increased or credit terms are substantially reduced, it could have a negative impact on our liquidity. Accordingly, we may be required to obtain additional debt financing, which we may not be able to obtain on satisfactory terms or at all.
Our distribution of cigarettes and other tobacco products exposes us to potential liabilities.
In June 1994, the Mississippi attorney general brought an action against various tobacco industry members on behalf of the state to recover state funds paid for health care costs related to tobacco use. Most other states sued the major U.S. cigarette manufacturers based on similar theories. In November 1998, the major U.S. tobacco product manufacturers entered into a Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”("MSA") with 46 states, the District of Columbia and certain U.S. territories. The other four states--Mississippi, Florida, Texas and Minnesota (the “non-MSA states”)(non-MSA states)--settled their litigations with the major cigarette manufacturers by separate agreements. The MSA and the other state settlement agreements settled health care cost recovery actions and monetary claims relating to future conduct arising out of the use of, or exposure to, tobacco products, imposed a stream of future payment obligations on major U.S. cigarette manufacturers and placed significant restrictions on the ability to market and sell cigarettes. The payments required under the MSA result in the products sold by the participating manufacturers to be priced at higher levels than non-MSA manufacturers. In addition, the growth in market share of discount brands since the MSA was signed has had an adverse impact on the total volume of the cigarettes that we sell.

In connection with the MSA, we were indemnified by most of the tobacco product manufacturers from which we purchasepurchased cigarettes and other tobacco products for liabilities arising from our sale of the tobacco products that they supplysupplied to us. Should the MSA ever be invalidated, we could be subject to substantial litigation due to our distribution of cigarettes and other tobacco products, and we may not be indemnified for such costs by the tobacco product manufacturers in the future. In addition, even if we are indemnified by cigarette manufacturers that are parties to the MSA, future litigation awards against such cigarette manufacturers and could be so large as to prevent the manufacturers from satisfying their indemnification obligations.
T
Risks Related to Financial Matters, Financing and Foreign Exchange

Changes to federal, state or provincial income tax legislation could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
From time to time, new tax legislation is adopted by the federal government and various states or other regulatory bodies. Significant changes in tax legislation could adversely affect our business or results of operations in a material way. For example, in the U.S. the federal government has in the past proposed legislation which effectively could limit, or even eliminate, use of the LIFOlast-in, first-out ("LIFO") inventory method for financial and income tax purposes. Although the final outcome of theseany such proposals cannot be ascertained, at this time, the ultimate financial impact to us of the transition from LIFO to another inventory method could be material to our operating results.
OurWe may not be able to settle our qualified defined benefit pension plan on terms or pricing which is currently underfunded and we will be requiredsatisfactory to make cash payments to the plan, reducing the cash available for our business.us.
We record a liability associated with the underfunded status of our pension plan when the benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of the plan assets. OurAs of December 31, 20132016, our pension plan was 88% funded and our consolidated balance sheet includes $2.1included $4.3 million in pension liabilities related to underfunded pension obligations, compared to $10.0 million in underfunded pension obligations asobligations. On September 14, 2016, our Board of December 31, 2012. The funded levelDirectors approved termination of our qualified defined-benefit pension plan improved to 95% as of December 31, 2013 and we have adopted a dynamic strategy to reduce the plan’s investment risk as its funded status improves. This strategy will reduce the allocation to return seeking assets and increase the allocation to liability hedging assets over time with the intention of reducing volatility of the funded status and pension costs.plan.  We expect this strategy will reduceto complete the risk associatedsettlement before the end of 2017.  Our pension liabilities are expected to be settled through either lump sum payments or purchasing annuities from an insurance Company.  We may not be able to consummate the sale or purchase of annuities with the funding level of our pension plan, but if the performance of the assets in our pension plan does not meet our expectations,counterparties on terms or if other actuarial assumptions are modified, our future cash paymentspricing suitable to our pension plan could be substantially higher than we expect.

14

Table of Contents

The pension plan is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). Under ERISA, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) has the authority to terminate an underfunded pension plan under limited circumstances. In the event our pension plan is terminated for any reason while it is underfunded, we will incur a liability to the PBGC that may be equal to the entire amount of the underfunding in the pension plan. If this were to occur, our working capital and results of operations could be adversely impacted.us.  
There can be no assurance that we will continue to declare cash dividends in the future or in any particular amounts and if there is a reduction in dividend payments, our stock price may be harmed.
Since the fourth quarter of 2011, we have paid a quarterly cash dividend to our stockholders. We intend to continue to pay quarterly dividends subject to capital availability and periodic determinations by our Board of Directors that cash dividends are in the best interest of our stockholders and are in compliance with all applicable laws and agreements to which we are a party. Future dividends may be affected by a variety of factors such as available cash, anticipated working capital requirements, overall financial condition, credit agreement restrictions, future prospects for earnings and cash flows, capital requirements for acquisitions, stock repurchase programs, reserves for legal risks and changes in federal and state income tax laws or corporate laws. Our Board of Directors may, at its discretion, decrease or entirely discontinue the payment of dividends at any time. Any such action could have a material, negative effect on our stock price.
Currency exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our revenues and financial results.     
We generate a significant portion of our revenues in Canadian dollars, approximately 10% in 2016 and 11% in 2013 and 13% in 2012.2015. We also incur a significant portion of our expenses in Canadian dollars. To the extent that we are unable to match revenues received in Canadian dollars with costs paid in the same currency, exchange rate fluctuations in Canadian dollars could have an adverse effect on our financial results. During times of a strengthening U.S. dollar, our reported sales and earnings from our Canadian operations will be reduced because the Canadian currency will be translated into fewer U.S. dollars. Conversely, during times of a weakening U.S. dollar, our reported sales and earnings from our Canadian operations will be increased because the Canadian currency will be translated into more U.S. dollars. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requireU.S. GAAP requires that foreign currency transaction gains or losses on short-term intercompany transactions be recorded currently as gains or losses within the income statement.statement of operations. To the extent we incur losses on such transactions, our net income will be reduced. We currently do not hedge our Canadian foreign currency cash flows.
We may not be able to borrow additional capital to provide us with sufficient liquidity and capital resources necessary to meet our future financial obligations.
We expect that our principal sources of funds will be cash generated from our operations and, if necessary, borrowings under a $200$600 million revolving credit facility ("Credit Facility") as of December 31, 2016. On November 4, 2016, we entered into a ninth amendment to the Credit Facility which increased our Credit Facility from $450 million to $600 million. The Credit Facility, initially dated as of October 12, 2005, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, is between us, as Borrowers, the Lenders named therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (our “Credit Facility”).agent. The Credit Facility expires in May 2020. While

we believe our sources of liquidity are adequate, we cannot assure you that these sources will be available or continue to provide us with sufficient liquidity and capital resources required to meet our future financial obligations, or to provide funds for our working capital, capital expenditures and other needs. As such, additional equity or debt financing sources may be necessary, butin addition we may not be able to expand our existing Credit Facility or obtain new financing on terms satisfactory to us.
Our operating flexibility is limited in significant respects by the restrictive covenants in our Credit Facility.
Our Credit Facility imposes restrictions on us that could increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions by limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and industry. Specifically, these restrictions place limits on our ability, among other things, to: incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, issue stock of subsidiaries, make investments, repurchase stock, create liens, enter into transactions with affiliates, merge or consolidate, or transfer and sell our assets. In addition, under our Credit Facility, under certain circumstances we are required to meet a fixed charge coverage ratio. Our ability to comply with this covenant may be affected by factors beyond our control and a breach of the covenant could result in an event of default under our Credit Facility, which would permit the lenders to declare all amounts incurred thereunder to be immediately due and payable and terminate their commitments to make further extensions of credit.
Changes to accounting rules or regulations may adversely affect our operating results and financial position.
Changes to accounting rules or regulations could arise from new and revised standards, interpretations and other guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and others. The effects of such changes may include prescribing an accounting method where none had been previously specified, prescribing a single acceptable method of accounting from among several acceptable methods that currently exist or revoking the acceptability of a current method and replacing it with an entirely different method, among others. Such changes could result in unanticipated effects on our results of operations, financial position and other financial measures, including significant additional costs to implement and maintain the new accounting standards.

15

Table of Contents

Our actual business and financial results could differ as a result of the accounting methods, estimates and assumptions that we use in preparing our financial statements, which may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.
To prepare financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to exercise judgment in selecting and applying accounting methodologies and making estimates and assumptions. These methods, estimates, and assumptions are subject to uncertainties and changes, which affect the reported values of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Areas requiring significant estimates by our management include but are not limited to the following: allowance for doubtful accounts, LIFO inventory valuation, provisions for income taxes, vendor rebates and promotional allowances, impairmentvaluation of goodwill impairment ofand long-lived and other intangible assets, valuation of assets and liabilities in connection with business combinations, valuation of pension assets and obligations, stock-based compensation expense and accruals for estimated liabilities, including litigation and insurance reserves.

ITEM 1. B.1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES
Our headquarters are located in South San Francisco, California, and consist of approximately 27,00031,800 square feet of leased office space. We also lease approximately 13,00020,000 square feet for use by our information technology and tax personnel in Richmond, British Columbia, approximately 6,000 square feet for use by our information technology personnel in Plano, Texas, and approximately 3,0003,600 and 2,000 square feet of additional office space in Fort Worth, Texas and Phoenix, AZ, respectively. We lease approximately 3.94.9 million square feet and own approximately 0.70.6 million square feet of distribution space.
Distribution Center Facilities by City and State of Location(1) 
Albuquerque, New MexicoHayward, CaliforniaSpokane, Washington
Atlanta, GeorgiaLas Vegas, NevadaTampa, Florida
Atlanta, GeorgiaBakersfield, CaliforniaLeitchfield, KentuckyWhitinsville, Massachusetts
Bakersfield, CaliforniaLos Angeles, CaliforniaWilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania
Corona, California(2)
Minneapolis, MinnesotaLos Angeles, CaliforniaCalgary, AlbertaWilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania
Denver, ColoradoPortland, OregonMinneapolis, Minnesota
Toronto, Ontario(5)
Calgary, Alberta
Forrest City, Arkansas(4)(3)
Portland, OregonToronto, Ontario
Fort Worth, Texas
Sacramento, California(3)(4)
Vancouver, British Columbia
Fort Worth, TexasGardiner, MaineSalt Lake City, UtahWinnipeg, Manitoba
Grants Pass, OregonGlenwillow, OhioSanford, North Carolina
Hayward, CaliforniaSpokane, Washington
Mississauga, Ontario(5)
 
(1)Excluding outside storage facilities or depots and two distribution facilities that we operate as a third party logistics provider. Depots are defined as a secondary location for a division which may include any combination of sales offices, operational departments and/or storage. We own distribution center facilities located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania; Leitchfield, Kentucky; and Forrest City, Arkansas. All other facilities listed are leased. The facilities we own are subject to encumbrances under our Credit Facility.
(2)This location includes two facilities, a distribution center and our AMI consolidating warehouse.
(3)This facility includes a distribution center and our Artic CascadeAMI-Artic East consolidating warehouse.
(4)This facility includes a distribution center and our AMI-Artic EastArtic Cascade consolidating warehouse.

(5)This facility includes a distribution center andis our Canadian Consolidation operationsconsolidating warehouse.
We also operate distribution centers on behalf of two of our major customers: one in Phoenix, Arizona (for Couche-Tard), and one in San Antonio, Texas (for CST Brands, Inc., formerly, Valero Energy Corporation)). Each facility is leased or owned by the specific customer solely for their use and operated by Core-Mark.

16

Table of Contents



ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We areThe Company is subject to certain legal proceedings, claims, investigations and administrative proceedings in the ordinary course of its business. The Company records a plaintiff inprovision for a lawsuit against Sonitrol Corporation. The case arose from the December 21, 2002 arson fire at our Denver warehouse in which Sonitrol failed to detect and respond to a four-hour burglary and subsequent arson. In 2010, a jury found in favor of us and our insurers. Sonitrol appealed the judgment to the Colorado Appellate Court and on July 19, 2012, the Appellate Court upheld the trial court's ruling on two of the three issues being appealed but set aside the judgment and remanded the case back to the District Court for trial on the sole issue of damages. The Appellate Court's ruling was appealed by Sonitrol to the Colorado Supreme Court on September 21, 2012. On April 29, 2013, the Colorado Supreme Court denied Sonitrol's appeal and the case was returned to the District Court to resolve the sole issue of damages. A trial date has been set for April 7, 2014. We are unable to predict when this litigation will be finally resolved and the ultimate outcome. Any monetary recovery from the lawsuit would be recognized only if andliability when it is finally paidboth probable that the liability has been incurred and that the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. These provisions, if any, are reviewed at least quarterly and adjusted to us.reflect the impacts of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to a particular case.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.


17


PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market and Stockholders
Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CORE.” According to the records of our transfer agent, we had 2,0631,803 stockholders of record as of February 14, 2014.24, 2017.
On May 25, 2016, the Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s outstanding common stock, effected through a stock dividend. The additional shares were distributed on June 27, 2016 to stockholders of record at the close of business on June 9, 2016. All references made to share or per share amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and applicable disclosures have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this two-for-one stock split for all periods presented.
The following table provides the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported by NASDAQ and dividends declared per share for the periods indicated:
 
Low
Price
 
High
Price
Fiscal 2013   
4th Quarter$63.86
 $75.93
3rd Quarter62.65
 67.26
2nd Quarter50.26
 63.75
1st Quarter46.09
 51.72
    
 
Low
Price
 
High
Price
Fiscal 2012   
4th Quarter$40.06
 $49.24
3rd Quarter43.29
 50.56
2nd Quarter34.78
 48.17
1st Quarter37.01
 42.74

18


PERFORMANCE COMPARISON
 Market Prices Dividend Declared
 2016 2015 Year
 
Low
Price
 
High
Price
 Low
Price
 High
Price
 2016 2015
4th Quarter$33.24
 $43.46
 $32.22
 $45.30
 $0.09
 $0.08
3rd Quarter35.16
 48.96
 29.48
 33.26
 0.08
 0.07
2nd Quarter38.26
 46.86
 26.31
 32.72
 0.08
 0.07
1st Quarter35.99
 41.60
 29.26
 35.68
 0.08
 0.07
The graph below presents a comparison of cumulative total return to stockholders for Core-Mark's common stock at the end of each year from 2008 through 2013, as well as the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Non-Financial Stock Index, the Russell 2000 Index and a peer group of companies (“the Performance Peer Group”).
Cumulative total return to stockholders is measured by the change in the share price for the period, plus any dividends, divided by the share price at the beginning of the measurement period. Core-Mark's cumulative stockholder return is based on an investment of $100 on December 31, 2008, and is compared to the total return of the NASDAQ Non-Financial Stock Index, the Russell 2000 Index, and the weighted-average performance of the Performance Peer Group over the same period with a like amount invested, including the assumption that any dividends have been reinvested. We regularly compare our performance to the Russell 2000 Index since it includes primarily companies with relatively small market capitalization similar to us.
The companies composing the Performance Peer Group are Sysco Corp. (SYY), Nash Finch Company (NAFC, through its last trading day of November 19, 2013), United Natural Foods, Inc. (UNFI) and AMCON Distributing Co. (DIT).

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
AMONG CORE-MARK, NASDAQ NON-FINANCIAL STOCK AND RUSSELL 2000 INDEXES AND THE PERFORMANCE PEER GROUP
  Investment Value at
  12/31/08 12/31/09 12/31/10 12/31/11 12/31/12 12/31/13
CORE $100.00
 $153.16
 $165.38
 $184.91
 $225.58
 $365.05
Russell 2000 $100.00
 $127.09
 $161.17
 $154.44
 $179.75
 $249.53
NASDAQ Index $100.00
 $150.81
 $178.60
 $178.37
 $209.06
 $292.89
Performance Peer Group $100.00
 $126.37
 $139.15
 $143.29
 $162.50
 $197.84

19


Dividends
On October 19, 2011, we announced the commencement of a quarterly dividend program. In 2013, the Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.19 per common share on May 2, 2013 and August 1, 2013 and $0.22 per common share on November 1, 2013. In lieu of the first quarter 2013 dividend, the Board of Directors declared an accelerated cash dividend of $2.2 million, or $0.19 per common share on December 20, 2012, which was paid on December 31, 2012. We paid dividends of $7.1$15.5 million and $10.3$12.8 million in 20132016 and 2012,2015, respectively. Our Credit Facility, placesas of December 31, 2016, allows for unlimited dividends, as long as the Company meets certain limitscredit availability percentages and fixed charge coverage ratios. (See Note 8 - Long-term Debt to our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K for additional details on our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Our intentions arethe Credit Facility). We intend to continue increasing our dividends per share over time; however, the payment of any future dividends will be determined by our Board of Directors in light of then existing conditions, including our earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, strategic alternatives, restrictions in financing agreements, business conditions and other factors.

PERFORMANCE COMPARISON
The graph below presents a comparison of cumulative total return to stockholders for Core-Mark’s common stock at the end of each year from 2011 through 2016, as well as the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Non-Financial Stock Index, the Russell 2000 Index, the Standard and Poor’s Small Cap 600 Index, and a peer group of companies ("Performance Peer Group").
Cumulative total return to stockholders is measured by the change in the share price for the period, plus any dividends, divided by the share price at the beginning of the measurement period. Core-Mark’s cumulative stockholder return is based on an investment of $100 on December 31, 2011, and is compared to the total return of the NASDAQ Non-Financial Stock Index, the Russell 2000 Index, the Standard and Poor’s Small Cap 600 Index, and the weighted-average performance of the Performance Peer Group over the same period with a like amount invested, including the assumption that any dividends have been reinvested. We regularly compare our performance to the Russell 2000 Index and the Standard and Poor's Small Cap 600 Index since it includes primarily companies with relatively small market capitalization similar to us.
The companies composing the Performance Peer Group are Sysco Corp. ("SYY"), The Chef’s Warehouse, Inc. ("CHEF"), United Natural Foods, Inc. ("UNFI") and AMCON Distributing Co. ("DIT").

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
AMONG CORE-MARK, NASDAQ NON-FINANCIAL STOCK, S&P SMALLCAP 600, RUSSELL 2000 INDEXES AND THE PERFORMANCE PEER GROUP
  Investment Value at
  12/31/11 12/31/12 12/31/13 12/31/14 12/31/15 12/31/16
CORE $100.00
 $121.99
 $197.47
 $325.76
 $434.86
 $460.97
Russell 2000 $100.00
 $116.35
 $161.52
 $169.42
 $161.95
 $196.45
NASDAQ Non-financial Index $100.00
 $117.21
 $164.20
 $188.95
 $202.50
 $217.97
S&P SmallCap 600 $100.00
 $116.33
 $164.38
 $173.84
 $170.41
 $215.67
Performance Peer Group $100.00
 $113.63
 $139.22
 $154.28
 $150.40
 $205.50

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
In May 2013, ourOur Board of Directors authorized a $30.0 million increase to our stockshare repurchase plan. Atprogram that may be discontinued or amended at any time. Shares repurchased under the time ofprogram were made in the increase, we had $2.3 million remaining under our stock repurchase plan that was then in place. Theopen market and the timing and amount of the purchases are based on market conditions, our cash and liquidity requirements, relevant securities laws and other factors. The share repurchase program may be discontinued or amended at any time. The program has no expiration date and expires when the amount authorized has been expended or the Board of Directors withdraws its authorization.
In 2013,2016, we repurchased 126,872237,869 shares of common stock for a total cost of $7.2$8.9 million, or an average price of $56.60$37.76 per share. In 2012,2015, we repurchased 118,800302,366 shares of common stock for a total cost of $5.2$9.2 million, or an average price of $43.34$30.35 per share. As of December 31, 2013,2016, we had $28.7$2.6 million available for future share repurchases under the program.
The following table provides the repurchases of shares of common stock shares during the three months ended December 31, 2013:2016:
       Approximate
     Total Cost Dollar Value
     of Shares of Shares that
     Purchased as May Yet be
 Total   Part of Publicly Purchased Under
 Number Average Announced Plans the Plans
Calendar monthof Shares Price Paid or Programs or Programs
in which purchases were made:Repurchased 
per Share (1)
 (in millions) (in millions)
        
October 1, 2013 to October 31, 2013
 $
 $
 $30.1
November 1, 2013 to November 30, 2013
 
 
 30.1
December 1, 2013 to December 31, 201320,232
 72.34
 1.4
 28.7
Total repurchases for the three months ended December 31, 201320,232
 $72.34
 $1.4
 $28.7
        
Calendar Month in which
purchases were made:
 Total Number of Shares Repurchased 
Average Price Paid per Share(1)
 Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs 
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
(in millions)
October 1, 2016 to October 31, 2016 49,743
 $34.91
 49,743
 $2.6
November 1, 2016 to November 30, 2016 
 
 
 
December 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016 
 
 
 
Total repurchases for the three months ended December 31, 2016 49,743
 $34.91
 49,743
 $2.6
         

(1)Includes related transaction fees.



20


ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Basis of Presentation
The selected consolidated financial data for the five years from 20092012 to 20132016 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K.10-K or Form 10-K/A. The following financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and with Item 7 Management's- Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
              Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.
  Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
(in millions except per share amounts)
2013(a)(b)
 
2012(a)(b)
 
2011(b)
 
2010(c)
 
2009(d)
2016(1)
 
2015(2)
 2014 2013 
2012(3)
Statement of Operations Data:                  
Net sales$9,767.6
 $8,892.4
 $8,114.9
 $7,266.8
 $6,531.6
$14,529.4
 $11,069.4
 $10,280.1
 $9,767.6
 $8,892.4
Gross profit (e)(4)
537.1
 476.8
 434.1
 385.3
 401.6
736.9
 637.9
 573.7
 537.1
 476.8
Warehousing and distribution expenses (e)(4)
297.1
 262.7
 234.6
 211.8
 197.3
431.2
 352.6
 318.4
 297.1
 262.7
Selling, general and administrative expenses168.3
 153.7
 150.8
 142.5
 137.3
210.3
 196.0
 184.4
 168.3
 153.7
Amortization of intangible assets2.7
 3.0
 3.0
 2.1
 2.0
5.3
 2.6
 2.6
 2.7
 3.0
Income from operations69.0
 57.4
 45.7
 28.9
 65.0
90.1
 86.7
 68.3
 69.0
 57.4
Interest expense, net (f)(5)
2.2
 1.8
 2.0
 2.2
 1.4
5.1
 2.0
 1.8
 2.2
 1.8
Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses(0.5) 1.8
 0.1
 0.8
 0.2
Net income41.6
 33.9
 26.2
 17.7
 47.3
54.2
 51.5
 42.7
 41.6
 33.9
Per share data:         
Basic net income per common share$3.62
 $2.96
 $2.30
 $1.64
 $4.53
Diluted net income per common share$3.58
 $2.91
 $2.23
 $1.55
 $4.35
Shares used to compute net income per share:         
Basic11.5
 11.5
 11.4
 10.8
 10.5
Diluted11.6
 11.6
 11.7
 11.4
 10.9
Per Share Data:         
Basic net income per common share (6)
$1.17
 $1.12
 $0.93
 $0.91
 $0.74
Diluted net income per common share (6)
$1.17
 $1.11
 $0.92
 $0.90
 $0.73
Shares Used to Compute Net Income Per Share:         
Basic (6)
46.3
 46.2
 46.2
 46.0
 46.0
Diluted (6)
46.5
 46.6
 46.6
 46.4
 46.4
Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share (7)
$0.33
 $0.29
 $0.23
 $0.15
 $0.23
Other Financial Data:                  
Excise taxes (g)
$2,050.8
 $1,987.0
 $1,951.5
 $1,756.5
 $1,516.0
Cigarette inventory holding gains/FET (h)
9.0
 7.8
 8.2
 6.1
 25.2
OTP tax items (i)

 
 0.8
 0.6
 0.6
LIFO expense8.7
 12.3
 18.3
 16.6
 6.7
Depreciation and amortization (j)
27.2
 25.3
 22.4
 19.7
 18.7
Excise taxes (8)
$3,022.0
 $2,211.7
 $2,110.3
 $2,050.8
 $1,987.0
Cigarette inventory holding gains (9)
15.3
 10.1
 8.2
 9.0
 7.8
Candy inventory holding gains (10)

 
 6.0
 
 
Cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains, net (11)

 8.5
 
 
 
OTP tax items, net (12)

 1.7
 7.5
 
 
LIFO expense (13)
13.2
 1.9
 16.3
 8.7
 12.3
Depreciation and amortization (14)
42.9
 37.9
 32.0
 27.2
 25.3
Stock-based compensation4.6
 5.8
 5.5
 4.8
 5.1
6.1
 8.7
 6.1
 4.6
 5.8
Capital expenditures18.0
 28.6
 24.1
 13.9
 21.1
Adjusted EBITDA (k)
109.5
 100.8
 91.9
 70.0
 95.5
Capital expenditures (15)
54.3
 30.3
 53.9
 18.0
 28.6
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)(16)
152.3
 135.2
 122.7
 109.5
 100.8
                  
                      December 31,December 31,
2013 2012 2011 2010 20092016 2015 2014 2013 2012
Balance Sheet Data:                  
Total assets$956.8
 $919.2
 $870.2
 $708.8
 $677.9
$1,497.0
 $1,077.3
 $1,029.6
 $956.8
 $919.2
Total debt, including current maturities(l)
58.8
 85.6
 63.3
 1.0
 20.0
Long-term obligations (17)
347.7
 60.4
 68.2
 57.6
 84.7


(a)
(1)
ThePine State Convenience was acquired in June 2016 and the results of operations have been included in the selected consolidated financial data includessince the resultsdate of operations of J.T. Davenport & Sons, Inc., which was acquired on December 17, 2012.the acquisition.
(b)(2)TheKarrys Bros., Limited was acquired in February 2015 and the results of operations have been included in the selected consolidated financial data includessince the resultsdate of operations of FCGC, which was acquired in May 2011, and the Tampa, Florida division, which commenced operations in September 2011.acquisition.
(c)(3)TheJ.T. Davenport & Sons, Inc. was acquired in December 2012 and the results of operations have been included in the selected consolidated financial data includes approximately $105.9 million of incremental sales related to increased cigarette prices by manufacturers in response to the increase in federal excise taxes mandated by the State Children's Health Insurance Program (“SCHIP”) legislation. The financial data also includes the results of operations of Finkle Distributors, Inc., which was acquired in August 2010.

21

Table of Contents

(d)The selected consolidated financial data includes approximately $534.0 million of incremental sales related to increased cigarette prices by manufacturers in response to the increase in federal excise taxes mandated by the SCHIP legislation and $36.7 million of related cigarette inventory holding gains, offset by $11.5 million of net floor stock tax.from that point forward.
(e)(4)Gross profit may not be comparable to those of other entities because warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of our cost of goods sold.
(f)(5)Interest expense, net, is reported net of interest income.
(g)(6)On May 25, 2016, the Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company's outstanding common stock, effected through a stock dividend. The additional shares were distributed on June 27, 2016 to stockholders of record at the close of business on June 9, 2016. All references made to share or per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this two-for-one stock split for all periods presented.
(7)On October 19, 2011, we announced the commencement of a quarterly dividend program. In lieu of the first quarter 2013 dividend, the Board of Directors declared an accelerated cash dividend of $0.05 per common share on December 20, 2012.
(8)State, local and provincial excise taxes (predominantly cigarettes and tobacco) paid by the Companyus are included in net sales and cost of goods sold.
(h)(9)Cigarette inventory holding gains represent income related to cigarette inventories on hand at the time cigarette manufacturers increase their pricesprices. Such increases are reflected in customer pricing for whichall subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the Company is abletime of the increase. The higher gross profits are referred to pass such increases on to its customers.as inventory holding gains. This income is recordednot predictable and is dependent on inventory levels and the timing of manufacturer price increases.
(10)Candy inventory holding gains represent income related to candy inventories on hand at the time candy manufacturers increase their prices. Such increases are reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. The higher gross profits are referred to as an offset to cost of goods sold and recognized as the inventory is sold.holding gains. Although we have realized cigarettecandy inventory holding gains in eachone of the last five years, this income is not predictable and is dependent on inventory levels and the timing of manufacturer price increases. In 2009, we realized significant cigarette inventory holding gains due to the price increases in response to the federal excise taxes (“FET”) levied on manufacturers by the SCHIP legislation.
(i)(11)We received an Other Tobacco Products (“OTP”)Cigarette tax settlementstamp inventory holding gains represent income related to tax stamp inventories on hand that may be realized at the time taxing jurisdictions increase their excise taxes, depending on the statutory requirements relating to the inventory on hand at the time such excise tax increases. Such tax increases are reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of $0.8inventory on hand at the time of the increase. The incremental gross profits resulting from such tax increases are referred to as inventory holding gains. Although we have realized a cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gain of $9.0 million, offset by $0.5 million in 2011. We recognized a $0.6 million OTP tax gain resulting from a state tax method changeassociated fees, in 20102015, this income is not predictable and received OTP tax refunds of $0.6 million in 2009.is dependent on inventory levels and the aforementioned statutory requirements.
(j)(12)In 2015, we received OTP tax refunds of $1.8 million related to prior years’ taxes, offset by $0.1 million related expenses. In 2014, we received OTP tax refunds of $9.0 million related to prior years’ taxes, offset by $1.0 million of related expenses and a probable OTP tax assessment of $0.5 million. OTP tax settlements were zero for 2013 and 2012.
(13)The decrease in LIFO expense in 2015 was due primarily to a decrease in the Producer Price Index ("PPI") for certain product categories we use to measure food/non-food LIFO expense as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
(14)Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation on property and equipment and amortization of purchased intangibles.intangible assets.
(k)(15)Adjusted EBITDA isCapital expenditures in 2016 include leasehold improvements for a non-GAAP measurenew building for our Las Vegas division and should be consideredother building upgrades, as a supplementwell as logistical equipment to and not as a substituteaccommodate new business. Capital expenditures in 2014 include costs for or superior to, financial measures calculatedour new distribution center in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is equal to net income adding back net interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, LIFO expense, stock-based compensation expense and net foreign currency transaction losses.Ohio.
(l)(16)The following table provides the components of Adjusted EBITDA for each year presented (in millions):
 Year Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012
Net income$54.2
 $51.5
 $42.7
 $41.6
 $33.9
Interest expense, net5.1
 2.0
 1.8
 2.2
 1.8
Provision for income taxes31.3
 31.4
 23.7
 24.4
 21.5
Depreciation and amortization42.9
 37.9
 32.0
 27.2
 25.3
LIFO expense13.2
 1.9
 16.3
 8.7
 12.3
Stock-based compensation expense6.1
 8.7
 6.1
 4.6
 5.8
Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses, net(0.5) 1.8
 0.1
 0.8
 0.2
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)$152.3
 $135.2
 $122.7
 $109.5
 $100.8

(17)Includes debtamounts borrowed and long-term capital lease obligations.



22


ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT'SMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and capital resources should be read in conjunction with the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto that are included under Part II, Item 8, of this Form 10-K. Also refer to “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” which is included after Table of Contents in this Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis also includes non-GAAP financial measures that we believe provide important perspective in understanding trends that may impact our business. These non-GAAP financial measures are discussed, including reconciliation of these measures to GAAP, under "non-GAAP Financial Information" in this Item 7.
Our Business

Core-Mark is one of the largest marketers of fresh and broad-line supply solutions to the convenience retail industry in North America. We offer a full range of products, marketing programs and technology solutions to over 30,000approximately 43,000 customer locations in the U.S. and Canada. Our customers include traditional convenience stores, grocerydrug stores, druggrocery stores, liquor stores and other specialty and small format stores that carry convenience products. Our product offering includes cigarettes, other tobacco products (OTP), candy, snacks, fast food, groceries, fresh products, dairy, bread, beverages, general merchandise and health and beauty care products. We operate a network of 2830 distribution centers in the U.S. and Canada (excluding two distribution facilities we operate as a third party logistics provider). Our core business objective is to help our customers increase their sales and profitability.

Overview of 20132016 Results
In 2013,During 2016, we remained focused on growingcontinued to grow market share and increasingincrease our food/non-food revenuessales and gross profit by leveragingthrough our “Fresh” product offering,core strategies by driving our Vendor Consolidation Initiative (“VCI”)(VCI), leveraging our “Fresh” product solutions, and providing customer category management expertise in order to make our independent retailerscustomers more relevant and profitable. We experienced
Our net sales growth andin 2016 increased 31.3%, or $3,460.0 million, to $14,529.4 million compared to $11,069.4 million for 2015. The increase in net sales was driven primarily by market share gains, in 2013, resulting primarily from ourincluding the addition of Murphy U.S.A., which the Company began servicing during the first quarter of 2016, the acquisition of J.T. Davenport & Sons, Inc. (“Davenport”), the establishment of a distribution arrangement with a major customerPine State Convenience (Pine State) in June 2016, and the executioncontinued success of our core strategies. Further, we added approximately 1,000 new customer locations which now exceed 30,000 across the 50 states
Gross profit in the U.S. and five Canadian provinces, and we continue2016 increased $99.0 million, or 15.5%, to expand into other retail channels.  
Net sales$736.9 million from $637.9 million in 2013 increased 9.8% or $875.2 million, to $9,767.6 million compared to $8,892.4 million for 2012,2015, driven primarily by the additionincrease in sales. LIFO expense increased $11.3 million in 2016 compared to 2015, due primarily to an increase in the Producer Price Index (PPI) for certain food/non-food product categories. Since we value our inventory in the U.S. on a LIFO basis, our gross profit can be positively or negatively impacted depending on the relative level of Davenport,price inflation or deflation in manufacturer prices. Gross profit in 2015 included cigarette tax stamp holding gains of $9.0 million and refunds of excise taxes on OTP of $1.8 million related to prior years.
Gross profit margin was 5.1% of total net sales in 2016 compared to 5.8% in 2015. The decrease in gross profit margin was due primarily to market share gains, including the addition of Murphy U.S.A., which have a higher sales mix of tobacco products, and an increasegenerally lower margins compared to the rest of our business.
To the extent we capture large chain customers, our gross profit margins may be negatively impacted. However, large chain customers generally require less working capital, allowing us in food/non-food salesmost cases, to offer lower prices and still achieve a favorable return on our investment. Our focus is to strike a balance between large chain business, which generally has lower gross profit margins, and independently-owned convenience stores, which according to the 2015 National Association of Convenience Stores (NACS) State of the Industry (SOI) report, comprise approximately 67% of the overall convenience store market and generally have higher gross profit margins.
Operating expenses in 2016 increased 17.3%, or $95.6 million, to $646.8 million from $551.2 million in 2015. Increases in the remaining business.amount of cubic feet of product handled, incremental customer deliveries, the acquisition of Pine State and costs related to the on-boarding of significant new customers contributed to higher operating expenses in 2016.
Gross profitNet income in 20132016 was $54.2 million compared to $51.5 million in 2015. Net income excluding LIFO expense(1) increased $60.3$9.6 million, or 18.2%, to $62.3 million in 2016 compared to $52.7 million in 2015. Adjusted EBITDA(1) increased $17.1 million, or 12.6%, to $537.1 million from $476.8 million during 2012. Remaining gross profit (1) increased $55.5 million, or 11.5%, to $536.8$152.3 million in 20132016 from $481.3$135.2 million for 2012.in 2015. The increase in remaining gross profitnet income excluding LIFO expense and Adjusted EBITDA was due primarily to increased sales attributable to Davenport and salesthe growth in our food/non-food products driven primarily by increased sales in our food and e-cigarette categories.
Remaining gross profit margin increased nine basis points to 5.50% in 2013resulting from 5.41% in 2012.  The increase in remaining gross profit margin was driven primarily by a shift in sales mix toward higher margin food/non-food items, which increased overall remaining gross profit margin by 26 basis points,market share gains and the acquisition of Pine State, offset by the addition of Davenport and a new major customer, which collectively reduced margins by 12 basis points. In addition, increases in cigarette manufacturers' prices compressed remaining gross profit margin by approximately five basis points in 2013.
Operatingincremental expenses as a percentage of net sales were 4.79% in 2013 compared to 4.72% for 2012. We continue to see upward pressure on operating expenses as a percent of sales due to a shift in net sales to food/non-food categories. This is due, in part,related to the lower selling price points for these categories as well as an increase in the cubic feeton-boarding of product we are processing through our warehouses and delivering to our customers, which drives operating costs higher as a percent of sales. To the extent our food/non-food sales continue to increase at a higher rate year-over-year than cigarettes, our operating expenses, especially warehouse and distribution expenses, may increase as a percentage of total net sales.
Income before income taxes increased by $10.6 million, or approximately 19.1%, to $66.0 million for 2013, driven primarily by the addition of Davenport, sales growth in our food/non-food categories and a $3.6 million decrease in LIFO expense compared to 2012.significant new customers. Net income increased by 22.7% to $41.6and Adjusted EBITDA for 2015 included cigarette tax stamp holding gains of $8.5 million from $33.9(pre-tax), net of expenses and OTP tax refunds of $1.7 million, in 2012. Adjusted EBITDA(2 ) was $109.5 million in 2013 compared to $100.8 million for 2012.net of expenses.

(1)Remaining gross profitNet income excluding LIFO expense and remaining gross profit marginAdjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures which we provide to segregate the effects of cigarette inventory holding gains, LIFO expense and other items that significantly affect the comparability of gross profit and related margins (see the calculation of remaining gross profit and remaining gross profit margin in “Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category” below).    
(2)Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) (see(GAAP). See the calculationreconciliation of net income excluding LIFO expense to net income in Item 7 - "Non GAAP Financial Information". See the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below)Item 7 "Adjusted EBITDA".


23

Table of Contents

Business and Supply Expansion
We continue to benefit from the expansion of our business and the execution of our core strategies, focused primarily on enhancing our fresh product offering, leveraging VCI and providing category management expertise to our customers. Our strategies take costs and inefficiencies out of the supply chain,chains, bringing our customers an avenue to offer high quality fresh foods and optimize their consumer product offering. We believe each of these strategies, when adopted, will increase the retailers'our customers’ profits.
Some of our more recent expansion activities include:
In March 2013,December 2016, we signed a five yearthree-year supply agreement with Imperial Oil to service approximately 500 Esso branded530 Walmart stores in five western states (Arizona, California, New Mexico, Nevada and Utah). We will be the primary distributor to these stores for candy, tobacco and certain snack foods. Candy will be the largest product category serviced under the new arrangement and is expected to increase our annualized sales for this category by approximately 40%-50%. We expect to begin servicing the stores under this agreement in May 2017.
In June 2016, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Pine State Convenience, a division of Pine State Trading Company, located in Gardiner, Maine, for cash consideration of approximately $88 million. We incurred $2.2 million in start-up and due diligence costs in 2016 and we expect to incur another $1.5 million in integration costs in 2017.
In October 2015, we signed a five-year agreement with Murphy U.S.A. to be the primary wholesale distributor to over 1,400 stores located in Ontario24 states across the Southwest, Southeast and Midwest United States. Services under this contract began in the Western Provincesfirst quarter of Canada.2016 and have created efficiencies and a strategic supply chain relationship for Murphy U.S.A.
In October 2015, we signed a five-year supply agreement with 7-Eleven, Inc. to be the primary wholesale distributor to approximately 900 stores located in three western regions. We successfully rolled out service to all the Essobegan servicing these stores in October 2013.2016, from three of our divisions - Las Vegas, NV, Salt Lake City, UT and Sacramento, CA.
On May 7, 2013,During 2016, we signed a three year distribution agreement with Turkey Hill, a subsidiary of the Kroger Co. (“Kroger”) and the largest of Kroger's convenience divisions,continued to service all their convenience stores, which are located across Pennsylvania, Ohio and Indiana. With the addition of the Turkey Hill stores, we serviced approximately 700 Kroger convenience locations as of December 31, 2013.
On December 17, 2012, we acquired Davenport, a large convenience wholesaler based in North Carolina, which services customers in the eight states of North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Maryland, Ohio, Kentucky, West Virginia and Virginia. This acquisition increased Core-Mark's market presence in the Southeastern United States and further enhanced our ability to cost effectively service national and regional retailers (see Note 3 - Acquisitions).
We continue to add breadth to our proprietary “Fresh and Local™” program by expanding our fresh item solutions. During 2013, we realizedgrow sales and margin growthmargins in our “Fresh” categories, resulting fromas a result of improving our customers’ product assortment and in-store marketing effortsefforts. Sales of our Fresh categories grew 16.4% in 2016 compared to the same period in 2015. We continue to focus on fresh and spoils management. healthy offerings because we believe that over the long-term, the trend is for the convenience consumer to shift buying preferences to these types of items. We benefit from this shift due to the higher margins of these products compared to the other merchandise we distribute. Industry experts have indicated that consumers are making more shopping trips related to fresh food and that perishable foods will serve a more important role in the convenience retail channel in the future. We believe our strategies have helped position us and our customers to benefit from these trends.

Other Business Developments
As of December 31, 2013, there2016, we serviced approximately 3,000 Alimentation Couche-Tard, Inc. (Couche-Tard) locations in the U.S. and Canada. A portion of these locations were subject to renewals during the third quarter of 2016. Consequently, our agreement to service approximately 9,200 participating1,100 Circle K stores in the Southeastern Region of the U.S. expired in January 2017. We will continue to service approximately 1,900 stores including both company and franchise operated stores located in the Western and Southwestern regions of the U.S. and Canada. We will also continue to operate a third party distribution center dedicated to supplying over 500 Circle K branded convenience stores across Arizona and Nevada.
In January 2017, we announced the expiration of our “Freshsupply agreement with Kroger Convenience (Kroger) effective April 2017. The expiring agreement covers approximately 680 stores.
The expiration of the Couche-Tard and Local™” programKroger contracts described above will reduce our sales and sales for our Fresh categories grew by approximately 26%net income from these large chain customers in 2013 compared2017. However, we expect new business from other customers in the U.S. and Canada and other organic growth, some of which are described in "Business and Supply Expansion" above, to 2012.
Other Business Developmentsmore than offset the loss.
Dividends
In 2013, ourOn May 25, 2016, the Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.19 per common share on May 2, 2013 and August 1, 2013 and declaredapproved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.22 per common share on November 1, 2013. In lieutwo-for-one stock split of the first quarter 2013 dividend, ourCompany’s outstanding common stock, effected through a stock dividend. The additional shares were distributed on June 27, 2016 to stockholders of record at the close of business on June 9, 2016. All references made to share or per share amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and applicable disclosures have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this two-for-one stock split for all periods presented.

The Board of Directors approved the following cash dividends in 2016 (in millions, except per share data)
Declaration Date Dividends Per Share Record Date 
Cash Payment Amount (1)
 Payment Date
February 24, 2016 $0.08 March 11, 2016 $3.8 March 28, 2016
May 9, 2016 $0.08 May 25, 2016 $3.7 June 15, 2016
August 8, 2016 $0.08 August 24, 2016 $3.8 September 15, 2016
November 4, 2016 $0.09 November 23, 2016 $4.2 December 15, 2016

(1) Includes cash payments on declared an accelerated cash dividend of $0.19 per common sharedividends and payments made on December 20, 2012, which resulted in a dividendRestricted Stock Units (RSUs) vested subsequent to the payment of approximately $2.2 million on December 31, 2012. date.
We paid dividends of approximately $7.1$15.5 million and $12.8 million in 2013 compared to $10.3 million in 2012.2016 and 2015, respectively.
Share Repurchase Program
In May 2013, our Board of Directors authorized a $30 million increase to our stock repurchase plan. Atprogram which may be discontinued or amended at any time. The program will expire when the timeamount authorized has been expended or the Board of increase, we had $2.3 million remaining under our stock repurchase plan that was then in place.Directors withdraws its authorization. In 2013,2016, we repurchased 126,872237,869 shares of common stock at an average price of $56.60$37.76 compared to repurchases of 118,800302,366 shares of common stock at an average price of $43.34$30.35 in 2012.2015. As of December 31, 20132016 and 2012,2015, we had $28.7$2.6 million and $5.8$11.5 million, respectively, available for future share repurchases under the program.


24


Results of Operations
Comparison of 20132016 and 20122015 (in millions) (1):
  2013 2012  2016 2015
Increase (Decrease) Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxes Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxesIncrease (Decrease) Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxes Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxes
Net sales$875.2
 $9,767.6
 100.0% % $8,892.4
 100.0 % %$3,460.0
 $14,529.4
 100.0 %  % $11,069.4
 100.0 %  %
Net sales — Cigarettes502.6
 6,642.0
 68.0
 62.3
 6,139.4
 69.0
 63.1
2,807.2
 10,335.7
 71.1
 66.2
 7,528.5
 68.0
 62.7
Net sales — Food/non-food372.6
 3,125.6
 32.0
 37.7
 2,753.0
 31.0
 36.9
652.8
 4,193.7
 28.9
 33.8
 3,540.9
 32.0
 37.3
Net sales, less excise taxes (2)
811.4
 7,716.8
 79.0
 100.0
 6,905.4
 77.7
 100.0
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP) (2)
2,649.7
 11,507.4
 79.2
 100.0
 8,857.7
 80.0
 100.0
Gross profit (3)
60.3
 537.1
 5.5
 7.0
 476.8
 5.4
 6.9
99.0
 736.9
 5.1
 6.4
 637.9
 5.8
 7.2
Warehousing and                          
distribution expenses34.4
 297.1
 3.1
 3.9
 262.7
 3.0
 3.8
78.6
 431.2
 3.0
 3.7
 352.6
 3.2
 4.0
Selling, general and                          
administrative expenses14.6
 168.3
 1.7
 2.2
 153.7
 1.7
 2.2
14.3
 210.3
 1.4
 1.8
 196.0
 1.8
 2.2
Amortization of                          
intangible assets(0.3) 2.7
 
 
 3.0
 
 
2.7
 5.3
 
 
 2.6
 
 
Income from operations(4)11.6
 69.0
 0.7
 0.9
 57.4
 0.6
 0.8
3.4
 90.1
 0.6
 0.8
 86.7
 0.8
 1.0
Interest expense0.5
 (2.7) 
 
 (2.2) 
 
2.8
 (5.3) 
 
 (2.5) 
 
Interest income0.1
 0.5
 
 
 0.4
 
 
(0.3) 0.2
 
 
 0.5
 
 
Foreign currency transaction                          
losses, net0.6
 (0.8) 
 
 (0.2) 
 
gains (losses), net2.3
 0.5
 
 
 (1.8) 
 
Income before taxes10.6
 66.0
 0.7
 0.9
 55.4
 0.6
 0.8
2.6
 85.5
 0.6
 0.7
 82.9
 0.7
 0.9
Net income7.7
 41.6
 0.4
 0.5
 33.9
 0.4
 0.5
2.7
 54.2
 0.4
 0.5
 51.5
 0.5
 0.6
Adjusted EBITDA (4)
8.7
 109.5
 1.1
 1.4
 100.8
 1.1
 1.5
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) (5)
17.1
 152.3
 1.0
 1.3
 135.2
 1.2
 1.5

(1)Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.
(2)See the reconciliation of net sales less excise taxes to net sales in "Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category" and in "Non-GAAP Financial Information".
(3)Gross profit may not be comparable to those of other entities because warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of our cost of goods sold.
(4)Income from operations for 2016 includes LIFO expense of $13.2 million compared to $1.9 million in 2015. In addition, income from operations in 2015 includes cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains in the U.S. of $8.5 million, net of expenses, resulting from the increase in the excise tax rates of certain jurisdictions.
(5)See the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income in "Adjusted EBITDA".

Net Sales. Net sales increased by $3,460.0 million, or 31.3% to $14,529.4 million in 2016 from $11,069.4 million in 2015 driven primarily by significant market share gains, including the addition of Murphy U.S.A., which the Company began servicing during the first quarter of 2016, and the acquisition of Pine State in June 2016. In addition, net sales in 2016 also benefited from increases in cigarette manufacturers' prices and incremental food/non-food sales driven by the continued success of our core strategies.
Net Sales of Cigarettes. Net sales of cigarettes in 2016 increased by $2,807.2 million or 37.3% to $10,335.7 million from $7,528.5 million in 2015 driven primarily by a 27.5% increase in carton sales, the acquisition of Pine State, and a 2.7% increase in the average sales price per carton mainly as a result of increases in manufacturers' prices. Cigarette carton sales in the U.S. increased by 34.5% during the same period driven primarily by market share gains, including the addition of Murphy U.S.A., and the acquisition of Pine State in June 2016. Carton sales in Canada increased 13.8%, also driven by market share gains.

Total net cigarette sales as a percentage of total net sales were 71.1% in 2016 compared to 68.0% in 2015. The increase in cigarette sales as a percentage of total net sales was due primarily to market share gains in 2016, including the addition of Murphy U.S.A., which have a higher sales mix of cigarettes compared to the rest of our business.
Despite the significant increase in our cigarette sales in 2016, we believe long-term cigarette consumption will continue to be impacted by rising prices, legislative actions, diminishing social acceptance and sales through illicit markets. We expect cigarette manufacturers will raise prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability, thus mitigating the effects of the declines to distributors. In addition, industry data indicates that convenience retailers are more than offsetting cigarette volume profit declines through higher sales of food/non-food products and food services. We expect this trend to continue as the convenience industry adjusts to consumer demands.
Net Sales of Food/Non-food Products. Net sales of food/non-food products in 2016 increased $652.8 million, or 18.4%, to $4,193.7 million from $3,540.9 million in 2015.
The following table provides net sales by product category for our food/non-food products (in millions)(1):
 2016 2015 Increase
Product CategoryNet Sales Net Sales Amounts Percentage
Food (2)
$1,422.5
 $1,251.1
 $171.4
 13.7%
Fresh (2)
389.8
 335.0
 54.8
 16.4%
Candy620.0
 557.0
 63.0
 11.3%
Other tobacco products1,133.8
 870.3
 263.5
 30.3%
Health, beauty & general446.7
 368.8
 77.9
 21.1%
Beverages176.5
 156.6
 19.9
 12.7%
Equipment/other4.4
 2.1
 2.3
 N/A
Total Food/Non-food Products$4,193.7
 $3,540.9
 $652.8
 18.4%

(1)Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.
(2)In 2016, the Fresh category was separated from the Food category to better highlight the growth in the Fresh commodity. The 2015 presentation has been realigned to reflect these changes.
The increase in food/non-food sales in 2016 was driven primarily by market share gains, the acquisition of Pine State and an increase in sales to existing customers. Sales generated from VCI, Fresh and our Focused Marketing Initiative (FMI) were the primary drivers of the increase in net sales to existing customers. The increase in sales in our OTP category was due primarily to market share gains, including the addition of Murphy U.S.A. and higher sales of smokeless tobacco products.  We believe the overall trend toward the increased use of smokeless tobacco products will continue and will help offset the impact of the expected long-term decline of cigarette consumption.
Total net sales of food/non-food products as a percentage of total net sales were 28.9% in 2016 compared to 32.0% for the same period in 2015.
Gross Profit. Gross profit represents the amount of profit after deducting cost of goods sold from net sales during the period. Inventory holding gains represent incremental revenues whereas vendor incentives, OTP tax refunds and changes in LIFO reserves are components of cost of goods sold and therefore part of our gross profit. Gross profit in 2016 increased $99.0 million or 15.5% to $736.9 million from $637.9 million in 2015 driven primarily by the increase in sales, including the acquisition of Pine State in June 2016. Gross profit in 2016 also benefited from a $5.2 million increase in cigarette inventory holding gains driven primarily by the increase in carton sales and higher cigarette inflation in 2016.
The increase in gross profit in 2016 was offset by an increase in LIFO expense of $11.3 million compared to 2015, due primarily to an increase in the Producer Price Index (PPI) for certain food/non-food product categories. In addition, gross profit in 2015 included cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains of $9.0 million which resulted from an increase in excise taxes by certain jurisdictions and $1.8 million in OTP tax refunds, related to the overpayment of taxes in prior years.
Distributors such as Core-Mark may, from time to time, earn higher gross profits on inventory and excise tax stamp quantities on hand at the time manufacturers' increase their prices or when states, localities or provinces increase their excise taxes. Such increases are reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. The higher gross profits are referred to as inventory holding gains. However, significant increases in cigarette product costs and cigarette excise taxes adversely impact our gross profit as a percentage of net sales, because we are paid on a cents per carton basis

for cigarette sales. Conversely, we generally benefit from food/non-food price increases because product costs for these categories are usually marked up using a percentage of cost of goods sold.
Gross profit margin was 5.07% of total net sales in 2016 compared to 5.76% in 2015. The decrease in gross profit margins was due primarily to the addition of Murphy U.S.A., which has a higher sales mix of tobacco products and generally lower margins compared to the rest of our business.
Our cigarette inventory holding gains were $15.3 million in 2016 compared to $10.1 million for the same period in 2015. We expect cigarette manufacturers will continue to raise prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability and the various taxing jurisdictions will raise excise taxes to make up for lost tax dollars related to consumption declines.
LIFO expense was $13.2 million in 2016 compared to $1.9 million in 2015. Since we value our inventory in the U.S. on a LIFO basis, our gross profit can be positively or negatively impacted depending on the relative level of price inflation or deflation in manufacturer prices as reported in the Bureau of Labor Statistics PPI used to estimate and record our book LIFO expense (see Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements).
The following table provides the components comprising the change in gross profit as a percentage of net sales for 2016 and 2015 (in millions)(1):
   2016 2015
 Increase (Decrease) Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxes Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxes
Net sales$3,460.0
 $14,529.4
 100.0 %  % $11,069.4
 100.0 %  %
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP)(2)
2,649.7
 11,507.4
 79.2
 100.0
 8,857.7
 80.0
 100.0
Components of gross profit:             
Cigarette inventory holding gains(3)
$5.2
 $15.3
 0.11 % 0.13 % $10.1
 0.09 % 0.11 %
Cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains (4)
(9.0) 
 
 
 9.0
 0.08
 0.10
OTP tax items(5)
(1.8) 
 
 
 1.8
 0.02
 0.02
LIFO expense(6)
11.3
 (13.2) (0.09) (0.11) (1.9) (0.02) (0.02)
Remaining gross profit (non-GAAP)(7)
115.9
 734.8
 5.06
 6.39
 618.9
 5.59
 6.99
Gross profit$99.0
 $736.9
 5.07 % 6.40 % $637.9
 5.76 % 7.20 %

(1)Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.
(2)
Net sales, less excise taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to separate the increase in sales due to product sales growth and increases in state, local and provincial excise taxes which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass the taxestax on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette excise taxes result in higher net sales, our overall gross profit percentage may be reduced; however we do not expect increases in excise taxes to negatively impact gross profit per carton (see Comparison(see reconciliation of net sales less excise taxes to net sales in "Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product CategoryCategory"and in "Non-GAAP Financial Information").
(3)Gross profit may not be comparableThe amount of cigarette inventory holding gains attributable to those of other entities because warehousingthe U.S. and distribution expenses are not included as a component of our cost of goods sold.Canada were $13.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively, in 2016, compared to $8.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively, in 2015.
(4)Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculatedIn 2015, we recognized cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains in accordance with GAAP (see calculationthe U.S. of Adjusted EBITDA$9.0 million, resulting from the increase in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below).
Net Sales. Net sales for 2013 increased by $875.2 million, or 9.8%, to $9,767.6 million from $8,892.4 million in 2012. Excluding excise taxes, net sales increased by 11.8% in 2013 due primarily to the addition of Davenport, net market share gains and incremental net sales to existing customers driven primarily by the success of our core strategies.
Net Sales of Cigarettes. Net sales of cigarettes for 2013 increased by $502.6 million, or 8.2%, to $6,642.0 million from $6,139.4 million in 2012. Net sales of cigarettes, excluding excise taxes, increased by 10.4% for the same periods. The increase in net cigarette sales was driven primarily by sales from Davenport, net market share gains and a 2.3% increase in the average price per carton, offset by a 1.8% decrease in carton sales. In the U.S., cigarette carton sales decreased by 1.2% excluding incremental carton sales from Davenport. Carton sales in Canada decreased by 7.5% due primarily to the loss of two non-major customers in the fourth quarter of 2012. Total net cigarette sales as a percentage of total net sales were 68.0% in 2013 compared to 69.0% for 2012.
We believe long-term cigarette consumption will be negatively impacted by rising prices, legislative actions, diminishing social acceptance and sales through illicit markets. We expect cigarette manufacturers will raise prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability, thus mitigating the effects of the decline to the distributor. In addition,

25

Table of Contents

industry data indicates that convenience retailers are more than offsetting cigarette volume profit declines through higher sales of food/non-food products. We expect this trend to continue as the convenience industry adjusts to consumer demands.
Net Sales of Food/Non-food Products. Net sales of food/non-food products for 2013 increased $372.6 million, or 13.5%, to $3,125.6 million from $2,753.0 million in 2012. The following table provides net sales by product category for our food/non-food products (in millions)(1):
 2013 2012 Increase / (Decrease)
Product CategoryNet Sales Net Sales Amounts Percentage
Food$1,342.3
 $1,178.6
 $163.7
 13.9 %
Candy527.2
 489.5
 37.7
 7.7
Other tobacco products787.8
 687.8
 100.0
 14.5
Health, beauty & general327.3
 269.2
 58.1
 21.6
Beverages139.1
 125.6
 13.5
 10.7
Equipment/other1.9
 2.3
 (0.4) (17.4)
Total Food/Non-food Products$3,125.6
 $2,753.0
 $372.6
 13.5 %

(1)
Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.
The increase in food/non-food sales in 2013 was driven primarily by sales from Davenport, net market share gains and incremental net sales from existing customers. Continued success in implementing our core strategies, benefiting primarily the food category, was a meaningful driver to the improvement in net sales to existing customers during 2013. In addition, we continued to see higher sales of smokeless tobacco products in our other tobacco products category (“OTP”) and e-cigarettes included in our health, beauty & general product category. We believe the trend toward increased use of smokeless tobacco products and e-cigarettes by consumers will continue and will help offset the impact of expected continued declines in cigarette consumption. This shift could potentially result in improved profitability over time due to the profit margins associated with smokeless tobacco products and e-cigarettes, being generally higher than the profit margins we earn on cigarette carton sales. Total net sales of food/non-food products as a percentage of total net sales increased to 32.0% in 2013 compared to 31.0% in 2012.
Gross Profit. Gross profit represents the amount of profit after deducting cost of goods sold from net sales during the period. Vendor incentives, inventory holding gains and changes in LIFO reserves are components of cost of goods sold and therefore part of our gross profit. Gross profit for 2013 increased by $60.3 million, or 12.6%, to $537.1 million from $476.8 million in 2012 due primarily to the addition of Davenport, an increase in sales of higher margin food and e-cigarette products and a $3.6 million decrease in LIFO expense. Gross profit margin was 5.50% of total net sales for 2013 compared to 5.36% for 2012.
The following table provides the components comprising the change in gross profit as a percentage of net sales for 2013 and 2012 (in millions)(1):
   2013 2012
 Increase (Decrease) Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxes Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxes
Net sales$875.2
 $9,767.6
 100.0 %  % $8,892.4
 100.0 %  %
Net sales, less excise taxes (2)
811.4
 7,716.8
 79.0
 100.0
 6,905.4
 77.7
 100.0
Components of gross profit:             
Cigarette inventory holding gains(3)
$1.2
 $9.0
 0.09 % 0.12 % $7.8
 0.09 % 0.11 %
LIFO expense3.6
 (8.7) (0.09) (0.12) (12.3) (0.14) (0.18)
Remaining gross profit (4)
55.5
 536.8
 5.50
 6.96
 481.3
 5.41
 6.97
Gross profit$60.3
 $537.1
 5.50 % 6.96 % $476.8
 5.36 % 6.90 %

(1)Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.the excise tax rates of certain jurisdictions.
(2)(5)Net sales, less excise taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure whichIn 2015, we providereceived OTP tax refunds of $1.8 million related to separate the increase in sales due to product sales growth and increases in state, local and provincial excise taxes which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass the tax on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our exciseprior years’ taxes. Although increases in cigarette excise taxes result in higher

26

Table of Contents

net sales, our overall gross profit percentage may be reduced; however we do not expect increases in excise taxes to negatively impact gross profit per carton (see Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category).
(3) The amount of cigarette inventory holding gains attributable to the U.S. and Canada were $8.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, for 2013, compared to $7.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively, for 2012.
(4)(6)Remaining
The increase of $11.3 million in LIFO expense in 2016 was due primarily to an increase in the Production Price Index (PPI) for certain Food/ Non Food commodities. Since we value our inventory in the U.S. on a LIFO basis, our gross profit is a non-GAAP financial measure which we providecan be positively or negatively impacted depending on the relative level of price inflation or deflation in manufacturer prices as reported in the Bureau of Labor Statistics PPI used to segregate the effects ofestimate and record our book LIFO expense cigarette inventory holding gains and other items that significantly affect(seeNote 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements).
(7)
See the comparabilityreconciliation of remaining gross profit.profit to gross profit in "Non-GAAP Financial Information".

Remaining gross profit, increased $55.5 million, or 11.5%, to $536.8 million for 2013 from $481.3 million in 2012. In 2013, oura non-GAAP financial measure (see reconciliation of remaining gross profit for food/non-food products was approximately 70.8% of our total remainingto gross profit comparedin "Non-GAAP financial information"), increased $115.9 million, or 18.7%, to 68.6%$734.8 million in 2016 from $618.9 million for 2012.
the same period in 2015. Remaining gross profit margin was 5.50% of total net sales5.06% in 20132016 compared to 5.41%5.59% in 2012.2015. The increasedecrease in remaining gross profit margin in 2016 was drivendue primarily byto market share gains, including Murphy U.S.A., which have a shift inhigher sales mix toward higher margin food/non-food items, which increased overall remaining gross profit margin by 26 basis points, offset by the addition of Davenport cigarettes

and a new major customer which reduced margins collectively by 12 basis points.other tobacco products. In addition, increases in cigarette manufacturermanufacturers' prices loweredcompressed remaining gross profit marginmargins by approximately five basis points in 2013 compared with 2012.2016.
Cigarette remaining gross profit, a non-GAAP financial measure (see reconciliation of remaining gross profit to gross profit in "Non-GAAP financial information"), increased $44.0 million, or 25.5%, to $216.4 million in 2016 from $172.4 million for the same period in 2015. Cigarette remaining gross profit per carton decreased by 3.5%approximately 5.0% in 20132016 compared to 20122015 due primarily to carton salesthe addition of Davenport and to the new major customer.Murphy U.S.A., offset partially by higher manufacturers’ discounts earned as a result of price increases.
Food/non-food remaining gross profit, a non-GAAP financial measure, (see reconciliation of remaining gross profit to gross profit in "Non-GAAP financial information") increased by $49.7$71.9 million or 15.1%,16.1% to $518.4 million, in 2013 compared to 2012.2016 from $446.5 million in 2015. Food/non-food remaining gross profit margin increased 16decreased 25 basis points to 12.15%12.36% in 20132016 compared with 11.99%to 12.61% in 2012. Excluding Davenport2015 due primarily to the addition of Murphy U.S.A., which has generally lower overall food/non-food margins compared to the rest of our business and the new major customer, food/non-food remaining gross profit margin increased by 23 basis points driven primarily bya higher sales growth in our food category and e-cigarette products, offset bymix of OTP, which had higher sales in 2013 buthave lower gross profit margins relative to other food/non-food products.
To the extent we capture large chain business, our gross profit margins may be negatively impacted. However, large chain customers generally require less working capital, allowing us in most cases to offer lower prices to achieve a favorable return on our investment. Our focus is to strike a balance between large chain business, which generally has lower gross profit margins, and independently-owned convenience stores, which per the NACS SOI report, comprise over 64%approximately 67% of the overall convenience store market and generally have higher gross profit margins.
In addition, although price inflation did not materially impact2016, our results from operations on a comparable basis in 2013, ourremaining gross profit can be positively or negatively impacted on a comparable basis depending onfor food/non-food products was approximately 70.6% of our total remaining gross profit compared to 72.1% for the relative level of price inflation or deflationsame period over period.in 2015.
Operating Expenses.Expenses.  Our operating expenses include costs related to Warehousing and Distribution, Selling, General and Administrative Expenses and Amortization of Intangible Assets. In 2013,2016, operating expenses increased by $48.7$95.6 million or 11.6%17.3%, to $468.1$646.8 million from $419.4$551.2 million in 2012. The increase2015. Increases in the amount of comparable cubic feet of product handled, incremental deliveries made, and costs related to the on-boarding of new customers, contributed to higher operating expenses was due primarilyin 2016. In addition, operating expenses in 2016 include expenses of approximately $29.5 million related to the additionPine State, including $2.2 million of Davenport and an increase in sales volume of food/non-food products.acquisition costs. As a percentage of net sales, total operating expenses was 4.8%were 4.5% in 20132016 compared to 4.7%5.0% for the same period in 2012. A2015. Operating expenses as a percentage of total net sales in 2016 benefited from an increase in cigarette sales, which grew faster than food/non-food sales. The shift in sales to cigarettes, which have higher price points than our food/non-food products, increaseddecreased operating expenses as a percentage of total net sales by approximately 40 basis points in 2013 since food/non-food products have lower sales price points than the cigarette category.2016 compared to 2015.
Warehousing and Distribution Expenses.  Warehousing and distributionDistribution expenses increased by $34.4$78.6 million or 13.1%,22.3% to $297.1$431.2 million in 20132016 from $262.7$352.6 million in 2012.2015. The increase in warehousingwarehouse and distribution expenses was duedriven primarily to the addition of Davenport andby a 7.6%12.6% increase in comparable cubic feet of product handled forand a 14.7% increase in incremental deliveries, the remainderaddition of the business comparedPine State and approximately $5.3 million of identifiable costs related to the prior year.on-boarding of significant new customers in 2016. In addition, warehousing and distribution expenses in certain of our operating divisions were higher due to temporary inefficiencies driven primarily by the hiring and training of new employees to support significant increases in sales volume. As a percentage of total net sales, warehousing and distribution expenses were 3.1%3.0% in 2016 compared with 3.2% for the same period in 2015. The shift in sales to cigarettes decreased warehousing and 3.0% for 2013 and 2012, respectively, yet ondistribution expenses as a cost per cubic footpercentage of total net sales by approximately 30 basis decreased 0.7% on a comparable basis.points in 2016 compared to 2015.
Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses(SG&A) Expenses.SG&A expenses increased by $14.6$14.3 million, or 9.5% in 20137.3%, to $168.3 million from $153.7$210.3 million in 2012. The increase2016 from $196.0 million in SG&A expenses was due primarily to expenses attributable to Davenport and an increase of approximately $1.2 million related to integration and business expansion activities in the Eastern U.S. In addition, SG&A expenses in 2012 include a $1.8 million benefit related to the favorable resolution of legacy worker’s compensation and insurance claims.2015. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 1.7%1.4% in 2016 compared to 1.8% in 2015. The decline as a percentage of net sales was driven primarily by leverage of our fixed expenses in 2016 compared to 2015 and by the shift in sales to cigarettes, which have higher price points than our food/non-food products, which decreased SG&A expenses as a percentage of total net sales by approximately 10 basis points. In addition, SG&A expenses for both 20132016 included a gain of $2.0 million related to the settlement of a legacy lawsuit with Sonitrol Corporation, which was recognized in the first quarter of 2016 and 2012.offset by $2.2 million of acquisition costs for Pine State. SG&A expenses in 2015 included $1.7 million of costs related to the acquisition of Karrys Bros.
Amortization Expenses. Amortization expenses increased $2.7 million, to $5.3 million, in 2016 compared to $2.6 million for the same period in 2015. The increase was primarily due to the amortization costs for our new financial system which commenced in February 2016, and amortization of intangible assets related to the acquisition of Pine State.
Interest ExpenseExpense.. Interest expense includes both interest and amortization of loan amortization feesorigination costs related to borrowings and facility fees and interest on capital lease obligations. Interest expense was $2.7$5.3 million and $2.2$2.5 million in 2013for 2016 and 2012,2015, respectively. The increase in interest expense was due primarily to expenses related to a capital lease arrangement for a warehouse facility entered into in December 2012. Average borrowings in 20132016 were $35.3$184.4 million with ana weighted average interest rate of 1.8%,1.7% compared to average borrowings of $26.3$39.6 million and ana weighted average interest rate of 2.1%1.6% in 2012.2015. The increase in average borrowings in 2016

was due primarily to our acquisition of Pine State for $88.4 million, as well as increased working capital requirements to support our business expansion activities. 
Foreign Currency Transaction Gains and Losses, Net.Net.  ForeignWe recognized a foreign currency transaction losses were $0.8gain of $0.5 million in 2013for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $0.2a loss of $1.8 million for the same period in 2012.2015. The change was due primarily to the fluctuation in the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate. During times of a strengthening U.S. dollar, we generally record transaction losses from our Canadian operations. Conversely, during times of a weakening U.S. dollar, we generally record transaction gains.

27

Table of Contents

Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate was 37.0%36.6% for 2013the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 38.8%37.9% for 2012.  Thethe same period in 2015. The decrease in ourthe effective tax rate for 2013 wasthe year ended December 31, 2016 is due primarily to a higher proportion of earnings from states with lower tax rates and a net benefit of $0.9 million, compared to a net benefit of $0.5 million in 2012, related primarily to adjustmentsthe effects of prior year’syears' estimates andfor foreign operations, as well as benefits in the current year related to the expiration of the statute of limitations for uncertain tax positions.positions and related interest recovery.
Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA increased $17.1 million, or 12.6%, to $152.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $135.2 million for the same period last year. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was due primarily to growth in our gross profit resulting from market share gains and the acquisition of Pine State, offset by incremental expenses related to the on-boarding of significant new customers. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA in 2015 included cigarette tax stamp holding gains of $8.5 million, net of expenses, and $1.7 million, net of expenses, in refunds of excise taxes on OTP from prior years (see the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income in "Adjusted EBITDA").


28

Table of Contents

Results of Operations
Comparison 2012of 2015 and 20112014 (in millions) (1):
  2012 2011  2015 2014
Increase (Decrease) Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxes Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxesIncrease (Decrease) Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxes Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxes
Net sales$777.5
 $8,892.4
 100.0 % % $8,114.9
 100.0 %  %$789.3
 $11,069.4
 100.0 %  % $10,280.1
 100.0 %  %
Net sales — Cigarettes428.8
 6,139.4
 69.0
 63.1
 5,710.6
 70.4
 64.1
586.5
 7,528.5
 68.0
 62.7
 6,942.0
 67.5
 61.9
Net sales — Food/non-food348.7
 2,753.0
 31.0
 36.9
 2,404.3
 29.6
 35.9
202.8
 3,540.9
 32.0
 37.3
 3,338.1
 32.5
 38.1
Net sales, less excise taxes (2)
742.0
 6,905.4
 77.7
 100.0
 6,163.4
 76.0
 100.0
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP) (2)
687.9
 8,857.7
 80.0
 100.0
 8,169.8
 79.5
 100.0
Gross profit (3)
42.7
 476.8
 5.4
 6.9
 434.1
 5.3
 7.0
64.2
 637.9
 5.8
 7.2
 573.7
 5.6
 7.0
Warehousing and             
 
 
 
 
 
 
distribution expenses28.1
 262.7
 3.0
 3.8
 234.6
 2.9
 3.8
34.2
 352.6
 3.2
 4.0
 318.4
 3.1
 3.9
Selling, general and             
 
 
 
 
 
 
administrative expenses2.9
 153.7
 1.7
 2.2
 150.8
 1.9
 2.4
11.6
 196.0
 1.8
 2.2
 184.4
 1.8
 2.3
Amortization of             
 
 
 
 
 
 
intangible assets
 3.0
 
 
 3.0
 
 

 2.6
 
 
 2.6
 
 
Income from operations11.7
 57.4
 0.6
 0.8
 45.7
 0.6
 0.7
18.4
 86.7
 0.8
 1.0
 68.3
 0.7
 0.8
Interest expense(0.2) (2.2) 
 
 (2.4) 
 
0.1
 (2.5) 
 
 (2.4) 
 
Interest income
 0.4
 
 
 0.4
 
 
(0.1) 0.5
 
 
 0.6
 
 
Foreign currency transaction             
 
 
 
 
 
 
losses(0.3) (0.2) 
 
 (0.5) 
 
losses, net(1.7) (1.8) 
 
 (0.1) 
 
Income before taxes12.2
 55.4
 0.6
 0.8
 43.2
 0.5
 0.7
16.5
 82.9
 0.7
 0.9
 66.4
 0.6
 0.8
Net income7.7
 33.9
 0.4
 0.5
 26.2
 0.3
 0.4
8.8
 51.5
 0.5
 0.6
 42.7
 0.4
 0.5
Adjusted EBITDA (4)
8.9
 100.8
 1.1
 1.5
 91.9
 1.1
 1.5
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) (4)
12.5
 135.2
 1.2
 1.5
 122.7
 1.2
 1.5

(1)Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.

(2)See the reconciliation of net sales less excise taxes to net sales in “Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category” and in "Non-GAAP Financial Information".
(3)Gross profit may not be comparable to those of other entities because warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of our cost of goods sold.
(4)
See the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income in "Adjusted EBITDA".

Net Sales. Net sales for 2015 increased by $789.3 million, or 7.7%, to $11,069.4 million from $10,280.1 million in 2014. Net sales increased primarily due to a 6.6% increase in cigarette carton sales, an increase in the average sales price per carton, and incremental food/non-food sales driven primarily by the continued success of our core strategies, offset by impacts of foreign currency fluctuations and one additional selling day of approximately 1.4%. In addition, net sales in 2015 benefited from lower fuel prices, which we believe contributed to higher sales in the convenience industry.
Net Sales of Cigarettes. Net sales of cigarettes for 2015 increased by $586.5 million, or 8.4%, to $7,528.5 million from $6,942.0 million in 2014. Net sales of cigarettes increased primarily due to a 6.6% increase in carton sales and a 3.5% increase in the average sales price per carton due primarily to increases in manufacturers' prices, offset by impacts of foreign currency fluctuations and one additional selling day of approximately 1.5%. Cigarette carton sales increased by 6.4% in the U.S. and by 9.1% in Canada. The increase in cigarette carton sales was due primarily to market share gains, including the acquisition of Karrys Bros. in Canada, and an increase in cartons sold to existing customers.
Total net cigarette sales as a percentage of total net sales were 68.0% in 2015 compared to 67.5% for 2014.
Despite recent increases in our cigarette sales, we believe long-term cigarette consumption will continue to be impacted by rising prices, legislative actions, diminishing social acceptance and sales through illicit markets. We expect cigarette manufacturers will raise prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability, thus mitigating the effects of the decline to the distributor. In addition, industry data indicates that convenience retailers are more than offsetting cigarette volume profit declines through higher sales of food/non-food products. We expect this trend to continue as the convenience industry adjusts to consumer demands.
Net Sales of Food/Non-food Products. Net sales of food/non-food products for 2015 increased $202.8 million, or 6.1%, to $3,540.9 million from $3,338.1 million in 2014.
The following table provides net sales by product category for our food/non-food products (in millions)(1):
 2015 2014 Increase
Product CategoryNet Sales Net Sales Amounts Percentage
Food (2)
$1,251.1
 $1,180.9
 $70.2
 5.9%
Fresh (2)
335.0
 281.1
 53.9
 19.2%
Candy557.0
 534.3
 22.7
 4.2%
Other tobacco products870.3
 827.5
 42.8
 5.2%
Health, beauty & general368.8
 361.0
 7.8
 2.2%
Beverages156.6
 151.8
 4.8
 3.2%
Equipment/other2.1
 1.5
 0.6
 40.0%
Total Food/Non-food Products$3,540.9
 $3,338.1
 $202.8
 6.1%

(1)Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.
(2)In 2016, the Fresh category was moved from the Food category to better present our Fresh growth. The 2015 and 2014 presentation has been realigned to reflect these changes.

Food/non-food sales for 2015 increased primarily due to incremental sales to existing customers and market share gains including the acquisition of Karrys Bros, offset by impacts of foreign currency fluctuations and one additional selling day by approximately 1.4%. Sales generated from VCI, Fresh and Focused Marketing Initiatives (FMI) were the primary drivers of the increase in net sales to existing customers. Net sales in our Food category, which increased 5.9% for 2015, contributed over 30% of the 6.1% increase in food/non-food sales. Net sales in our Fresh category, which increased 19.2% for 2015, contributed over 25% of the 6.1% increase in food/non-food sales. In addition, sales of smokeless tobacco products were the primary driver of the increase in sales in our OTP category.  We believe the overall trend toward the increased use of smokeless tobacco products will continue and will help offset the impact of the expected continued decline in cigarette consumption over the long term.  This shift

could potentially result in improved profitability over time due to the profit margins associated with smokeless tobacco products, which are generally higher than those we earn on cigarette sales.
Total net food/non-food product sales as a percentage of total net sales decreased to 32.0% in 2015 compared to 32.5% in 2014.
Gross Profit. Gross profit represents the amount of profit after deducting cost of goods sold from net sales during the period. Inventory holding gains represent incremental revenues whereas vendor incentives, OTP tax refunds and changes in LIFO reserves are components of cost of goods sold and therefore part of our gross profit. Gross profit in 2015 increased by $64.2 million, or 11.2% to $637.9 million from $573.7 million for 2014 due primarily to increases in sales and gross margins in our food/non-food category. Gross profit for 2015 also benefited from a $14.4 million decrease in LIFO expense, cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains of approximately $9.0 million related to increases in excise taxes by certain jurisdictions in 2015 and $1.8 million in refunds of excise taxes on OTP from prior years. The decrease in LIFO expense was due primarily to a decrease in the PPI for certain product categories we use to measure food/non-food LIFO expense as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Since we value our inventory in the U.S. on a LIFO basis, our gross profit can be positively or negatively impacted depending on the relative level of price inflation or deflation in manufacturer prices as reported in the Bureau of Labor Statistics PPI used to estimate and record our book LIFO expense (see Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements). In 2014, gross profit included $8.5 million in OTP tax refunds, net of tax assessments, and $6.0 million of candy inventory holding gains.
Gross profit margin was 5.76% and 5.58% of total net sales for 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Distributors such as Core-Mark may, from time to time, earn higher gross profits on inventory and excise tax stamp quantities on hand at the time manufacturers' increase their prices or when states, localities or provinces increase their excise taxes. Such increases are reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. The higher gross profits are referred to as inventory holding gains. However, significant increases in cigarette product costs and cigarette excise taxes adversely impact our gross profit as a percentage of net sales, because we are paid on a cents per carton basis for cigarette sales. Conversely, we generally benefit from food/non-food price increases, because product costs for these categories are usually marked up using a percentage of cost of goods sold.
Our cigarette and cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains were $19.1 million, or 3.0%, of our gross profit for 2015 compared to $8.2 million, or 1.4%, of our gross profit for 2014. We expect cigarette manufacturers will continue to raise prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability and the various taxing jurisdictions will raise excise taxes to make up for lost tax dollars related to consumption declines.
In addition, in 2014, we recognized $6.0 million, or 1.1%, of our gross profit for candy inventory holding gains resulting from manufacturer price increases. These gains were recognized as the inventory was sold. Although we have realized significant candy inventory holding gains in two of the last five years, this income is not predictable and is dependent on inventory levels and the timing of manufacturer price increases.

The following table provides the components comprising the change in gross profit as a percentage of net sales for 2015 and 2014 (in millions)(1):
   2015 2014
 Increase (Decrease) Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxes Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxes
Net sales$789.3
 $11,069.4
 100.0 %  % $10,280.1
 100.0 %  %
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP)(2)
687.9
 8,857.7
 80.0
 100.0
 8,169.8
 79.5
 100.0
Components of gross profit:
 
 

 

 
 

 

Cigarette inventory holding gains(3)
$1.9
 $10.1
 0.09 % 0.11 % $8.2
 0.08 % 0.10 %
Candy inventory holding gains(4)
(6.0) 
 
 
 6.0
 0.06
 0.08
Cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains (5)
9.0
 9.0
 0.08
 0.10
 
 
 
OTP tax items(6)
(6.7) 1.8
 0.02
 0.02
 8.5
 0.08
 0.10
LIFO expense(7)
(14.4) (1.9) (0.02) (0.02) (16.3) (0.16) (0.20)
Remaining gross profit (non-GAAP)(8)
51.6
 618.9
 5.59
 6.99
 567.3
 5.52
 6.94
Gross profit$64.2
 $637.9
 5.76 % 7.20 % $573.7
 5.58 % 7.02 %

(1)Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.
(2)
Net sales, less excise taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to separate the increase in sales due to product sales growth and increases in state, local and provincial excise taxes which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass the taxestax on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette excise taxes result in higher net sales, our overall gross profit percentage may be reduced; however we do not expect increases in excise taxes to negatively impact gross profit per carton (see Comparison(see the reconciliation of Net Sales, less excise taxes to Net Sales in "Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product CategoryCategory"and in "Non-GAAP Financial Information").
(3)Gross profit may not be comparable to those of other entities because warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of our cost of goods sold.
(4)Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP (see calculation of adjusted EBITDA in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below).

Net Sales. Net sales for 2012 increased by $777.5 million, or 9.6%, to $8,892.4 million from $8,114.9 million in 2011. The increase was due primarily to market share gains in the Southeastern U.S., sales attributable to FCGC, cigarette price inflation and an additional 6.4% increase in food/non-food sales driven primarily by higher sales to new and existing customers.
Net Sales of Cigarettes. Net sales of cigarettes for 2012 increased by $428.8 million, or 7.5%, to $6,139.4 million from $5,710.6 million in 2011. This increase in net cigarette sales in 2012 was driven primarily by sales attributable to our market share gains in the Southeastern U.S. and FCGC in 2012. In addition, there was a2.4% increase in the average sales price per carton due primarily to cigarette manufacturer price increases. Total carton sales during 2012 increased 5.9%, consisting of an increase of 7.5% in the U.S., offset by a decrease of 7.5% in Canada. Excluding incremental carton sales attributable to the market share gains in the Southeastern U.S. and FCGC, carton sales declined by 1.4% in the U.S., which was less than the overall industry decline of approximately 3.0%. The decline in Canada related primarily to the loss of one customer, representing less than 0.3% of total cartons sold by the Company, and a focused reduction in service to certain customers which resulted in improved profitability for the Canadian region in 2012. While we have experienced only slight declines in carton sales on a comparative basis, we believe long-term cigarette consumption will be negatively impacted by rising prices, legislative actions, diminishing social acceptance and sales through illicit markets. We expect cigarette manufacturers will raise prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain

29

Table of Contents

or enhance their overall profitability, thus mitigating the effects of the decline to the distributor. In addition, industry data indicates that convenience retailers are more than offsetting cigarette volume profit declines through higher sales of food/non-food products. We expect this to continue as the convenience industry adjusts to consumer demands. Total net cigarette sales as a percentage of total net sales were 69.0% in 2012 compared to 70.4% in 2011.

Net Sales of Food/Non-food Products. Net sales of food/non-food products for 2012 increased $348.7 million, or 14.5%, to $2,753.0 million from $2,404.3 million in 2011. The following table provides net sales by product category for our food/non-food products (in millions)(1):
 2012 2011 Increase / (Decrease)
Product CategoryNet Sales Net Sales Amounts Percentage
Food$1,178.6
 $995.7
 $182.9
 18.4 %
Candy489.5
 459.8
 29.7
 6.5
Other tobacco products687.8
 607.9
 79.9
 13.1
Health, beauty & general269.2
 237.5
 31.7
 13.3
Beverages125.6
 100.9
 24.7
 24.5
Equipment/other2.3
 2.5
 (0.2) (8.0)
Total Food/Non-food Products$2,753.0
 $2,404.3
 $348.7
 14.5 %

(1)Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.
Sales associated with market share gains in the Southeastern U.S. and FCGC represented approximately 59% of the increase in food/non-food sales for 2012. The remaining 41% increase in food/non-food sales was due primarily to higher sales in our food category driven by our sales and marketing initiatives with existing and new customers and higher sales of smokeless tobacco products included in our OTP and health, beauty & general product categories, which we believe was driven primarily by increased restrictions on where people are allowed to smoke in public. Total net sales of food/non-food products as a percentage of total net sales increased to 31.0% for 2012 compared to 29.6% in 2011.
Gross Profit. Gross profit represents the amount of profit after deducting cost of goods sold from net sales during the period. Vendor incentives, inventory holding gains and changes in LIFO reserves are components of cost of goods sold and therefore part of our gross profit. Gross profit for 2012 increased by $42.7 million, or 9.8%, to $476.8 million from $434.1 million in 2011 due primarily to our market share gains in the Southeastern U.S., FCGC and an increase in sales in our food/non-food category. Gross profit margin was 5.36% of total net sales for 2012 compared to 5.35% for 2011. Inflation from cigarette price increases in 2012 compressed our gross profit margin by approximately four basis points.
The following table provides the components comprising the change in gross profit as a percentage of net sales for 2012 and 2011 (in millions)(1):
   2012 2011
 Increase (Decrease) Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise taxes Amounts % of Net sales % of Net sales, less excise
Net sales$777.5
 $8,892.4
 100.0 %  % $8,114.9
 100.0 %  %
Net sales, less excise taxes(2)
742.0
 6,905.4
 77.7
 100.0
 6,163.4
 76.0
 100.0
Components of gross profit:             
Cigarette inventory holding gains(3)
$(0.4) $7.8
 0.09 % 0.11 % $8.2
 0.10 % 0.13 %
Net candy holding gain(4)
(5.9) 
 
 
 5.9
 0.07
 0.10
OTP tax items(5)
(0.8) 
 
 
 0.8
 0.01
 0.01
LIFO expense6.0
 (12.3) (0.14) (0.18) (18.3) (0.22) (0.30)
Remaining gross profit(6)
43.8
 481.3
 5.41
 6.97
 437.5
 5.39
 7.10
Gross profit$42.7
 $476.8
 5.36 % 6.90 % $434.1
 5.35 % 7.04 %

(1)Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.
(2)Net sales, less excise taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to separate the increase in sales due to product sales growth and increases in state, local and provincial excise taxes which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who

30

Table of Contents

pass the tax on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette excise taxes result in higher net sales, our overall gross profit percentage may be reduced; however we do not expect increases in excise taxes to negatively impact gross profit per carton (see Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category).
(3)The amount of cigarette inventory holding gains attributable to the U.S. and Canada were $7.0$8.7 million and $0.8$1.4 million, respectively, for 2012,2015, compared to $7.4$7.2 million and $0.8$1.0 million, respectively, for 2011.2014.
(4)In 2011,For 2014, we recognized a $5.9approximately $6.0 million netin candy inventory holding gaingains resulting from U.S. manufacturer price increases. The netamount of candy inventory holding gain was estimated asgains attributable to the amount in excess of our normal manufacturer incentivesU.S. and Canada for those products sold during the year.2014 were $5.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
(5)We received an OTPFor 2015, we recognized cigarette tax settlementstamp inventory holding gains in the U.S. of $0.8$9.0 million, resulting from the increase in 2011.the excise tax rates of certain jurisdictions.
(6)RemainingFor 2015, we received OTP tax refunds of $1.8 million related to prior years’ taxes. For 2014, we received OTP tax refunds of $9.0 million related to prior years’ taxes, offset by an OTP tax assessment of $0.5 million.
(7)
The decrease in LIFO expense was due primarily to a decrease in the PPI for certain product categories we use to measure food/non-food LIFO expense as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Since we value our inventory in the U.S. on a LIFO basis, our gross profit is a non-GAAP financial measure which we providecan be positively or negatively impacted depending on the relative level of price inflation or deflation in manufacturer prices as reported in the Bureau of Labor Statistics PPI used to segregate the effects ofestimate and record our book LIFO expense cigarette inventory holding gains and other items that significantly affect(seeNote 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements).
(8)See the comparabilityreconciliation of remaining gross profit.profit to gross profit in "Non-GAAP Financial Information".

Remaining gross profit, increased $43.8 million, or 10.0%, to $481.3 million for 2012 from $437.5 million in 2011. The increase ina non-GAAP financial measure (see reconciliation of remaining gross profit was driven by a $32.2to gross profit in "Non-GAAP financial information"), increased $51.6 million, or 10.8%9.1%, increase in food/non-foodto $618.9 million for 2015 from $567.3 million for 2014. In 2015, remaining gross profit and a 2.3% per carton increasemargin was 5.59% of total net sales compared to 5.52% in cigarette remaining gross profit. Remaining gross profit margin for 2012 increased slightly to 5.41% from 5.39% for 2011.2014. The seven basis points increase in remaining gross profit margin was driven primarily by an increase in food/non-food margins, resulting largely from the continued success of our marketing strategies, focused primarily on our food/non-food commoditieswhich improved overall margins by 10 basis points, together with an increase in cigarette margins, which contributed two basis points and offset by lower profit margins under the new Southeastern customer agreement with Couche-Tard, lower income from manufacturer pricefive basis points related primarily to increases as well as margin compression resulting from price increases byin cigarette manufacturers in 2012.manufacturers' prices.

Cigarette remaining gross profit per carton, a non-GAAP financial measure, increased 8.3%by 2.5% in 20122015 compared to 20112014 due primarily to a 5.9% increaseshift in cartons sold, drivencarton sales to more profitable geographies and higher manufacturers’ discounts earned as a result of price increases, offset partially by market share gains in the Southeastern United States and sales by FCGC. On a per carton basis, cigarette remaining gross profit increased 2.3% in 2012 compared to 2011.unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations.
Food/non-food remaining gross profit, a non-GAAP financial measure (see reconciliation of remaining gross profit to gross profit in "Non-GAAP financial information"), increased $32.2$36.5 million, or 10.8%, for 20128.9% in 2015 compared to 2011, despite a decrease of $3.6 million in inventory holding gains. The increase in food/2014. Food/non-food remaining gross profit wasmargin increased 33 basis points to 12.61% in 2015 compared with 12.28% for the same period in 2014 driven primarily by market share gains in the Southeastern U.S., FCGC andsales growth in our Food category and a sales to existing customers. Remaining gross profitshift towards higher margin for our food/non-food category for 2012 was 11.99% compared to 12.39% for 2011. The new Southeastern customer agreement with Couche-Tard and business acquired with other larger chain customers in 2012 compresseditems. Our remaining gross profit for food/non-food byproducts was approximately 39 basis points. In addition, lower income from manufacturer price increases for food/non-food in 2012 reduced72% of our total remaining gross profit margin by 17 basis points compared to 2011.Our gross profit can be positively or negatively impacted on a comparable basis depending on the relative level of price inflation or deflation period over periodfor both 2015 and the timing of certain vendor incentives. In addition, to2014.
To the extent that we continue to capture additional large chain business, our gross profit margins may be negatively impacted. However, large chain customers generally require less working capital, allowing us, in most cases, to offer lower prices to achieve a favorable return on our investment. Our focus is to strike a balance between large chain business, which generally havehas lower gross profit margins, and independently ownedindependently-owned convenience stores, which generally have higher gross profit margins and comprise over 65%approximately 67% of the overall convenience store market in the U.S.
In 2012, our remainingand generally have higher gross profit for food/non-food products was approximately 68.6% of our total remaining gross profit compared to 68.1% in 2011.margins.
Operating Expenses.Our operating expenses include costs related to Warehousingwarehousing and Distribution, Selling, Generaldistribution, selling, general and Administrativeadministrative and Amortizationamortization of Intangible Assets.intangible assets. In 2012,2015, operating expenses increased $31.0by $45.8 million, or 8.0%9.1%, to $419.4$551.2 million from $388.4$505.4 million in 2011. The increase in operating expenses was due primarily to the new Florida distribution center, additional costs to support the increased sales volume and the acquisition of FCGC in May 2011. Additional items impacting operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 are discussed below.2014. As a percentage of net sales, total operating expenses declined to 4.7% for 2012were 5.0% in 2015 compared to 4.8%4.9% in 2014. Operating expenses for 2011.2015 include approximately $15.9 million in incremental expenses for our new Ohio division and the addition of the Karrys Bros. operations. In addition, increases in the amount of cubic feet of product handled, incremental customer deliveries, approximately $6.0 million of additional costs associated with information technology, infrastructure and people to support future growth, and $1.1 million of identifiable costs related to the on-boarding of new customers, contributed to higher operating costs in 2015.
Warehousing and Distribution Expenses.Warehousing and distribution expenses in 2012 increased $28.1by $34.2 million, or 12.0%10.7%, to $262.7 million from $234.6$352.6 million in 2011. The increase2015 from $318.4 million in 2014. As a percentage of total net sales, warehousing and distribution expenses were 3.2% for 2015 compared with 3.1% for 2014. The increase in warehouse and distribution expenses was dueprimarily attributable to a 5.9% increase in comparable cubic feet of product sold driven largely by our food/non-food category, a 9.4% increase in deliveries to customers, and approximately $11.8 million in incremental expenses for our new Ohio division and the addition of the Karrys Bros. operations. In addition, workers’ compensation costs increased $2.5 million, and we incurred $1.1 million of identifiable costs related to the on-boarding of new customers. These increases were offset partially by a $7.7 million decrease in net fuel costs. The increase in workers’ compensation costs related primarily to the new Florida distribution center, additional costs to support the increased sales volume, the additionadverse development of FCGC and a $2.5 million increasecertain claims from prior years.
The decrease in healthcare claims and workers compensation costs. In addition, warehousing and distribution expenses for 2012 were impacted by temporary operational inefficiencies at certain divisions resulting primarily in higher labor costs, and a $1.0 million increase in netour fuel costs due largelywas driven by lower diesel fuel prices and in part by our conversion to vehicles that use compressed natural gas (CNG), offset by an increase in miles driven. Although the priceAs of December 31, 2015, we pay for fuel increased only modestly in 2012, futurehad converted approximately 24% of our fleet to CNG tractors. Future increases or decreases in fuel costs or in theand fuel surcharges we pass on tocollect from our customers may materially impact our financial results depending on the extent and timing of these changes. As a percentage of net sales, warehousing and distribution expenses were 3.0% for 2012 compared to 2.9% for 2011.
Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”)(SG&A) Expenses.SG&A expenses in 2012 increased $2.9by $11.6 million, or 1.9%,6.3% in 2015 to $153.7$196.0 million from $150.8$184.4 million in 2011. The increase in2014. SG&A expenses was due primarily tofor 2015 included approximately $4.1 million of incremental expenses for our new Ohio division and the addition of the Florida distribution center,Karrys Bros. operations, a $2.8 million increase in employee bonus and stock compensation expense, $1.6 million related to the acquisitionlump sum settlement of FCGCpension liabilities and $1.3approximately $6.0 million of Davenport acquisitionadditional costs partially offset by a $1.8 million reduction in expenses resulting from the favorable resolution of legacy workers' compensationassociated with information technology, infrastructure and insurance claims.people to support future growth. SG&A expenses for 20112014 included $2.7$1.5 million of acquisitionfor a product liability settlement and start-up costs related to FCGClegal expenses and $1.8$1.0 million of costs related toin professional fees associated with the

31

Table of Contents

start-up collection of the Florida distribution center and other infrastructure costs to support the new Southeastern customer agreement with Couche-Tard.OTP tax refunds in 2014. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses declined to 1.7%were 1.8% for 2012 compared to 1.9% for 2011.both 2015 and 2014.
Interest Expense.Expense.Interest expense includes both interest and amortization of loan amortization feesorigination costs related to borrowings and facility fees.fees and interest on capital lease obligations. Interest expense was $2.2$2.5 million for 2012 compared toand $2.4 million for 2011. The decrease was due primarily to lower fees for unused facilityin 2015 and letter of credit participation, partially offset by an increase in average borrowings during 2012.2014, respectively. Average borrowings for 2012 were $26.3$39.6 million and $14.8 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively, with an average interest rate of 2.1%, compared to average borrowings of $21.1 million and an average interest rate of 2.2% for 2011.
Interest Income. Interest income was $0.4 million1.6% for both 2012 and 2011. Our interest income was derived primarily from earnings on cash balances kept in trust, checking accounts and overnight deposits.years.
Foreign Currency Transaction Losses, Net.  We realized foreignForeign currency transaction losses of $0.2were $1.8 million for 2012in 2015 compared to $0.5$0.1 million in 2011.2014. The change was due primarily to the levelfluctuation in the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate. During times of investment ina strengthening U.S. dollar, we will record transaction losses from our Canadian operations and fluctuation in Canadian/operations. Conversely we will record transaction gains during times of a weakening U.S. exchange rate.dollar.
Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate was 38.8%37.9% for 20122015 compared to 39.4%35.7% for 2011.2014. The decrease in our effective tax rate for 2012 was due primarily to a higher proportion of earnings from states with lower tax rates and the impact of non-deductible acquisition related costs recognized in each period (see Note 10 - Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation of the differences between the federal statutory tax rate and the effective tax rate). In both 2012 and 2011, the provision for income taxes for 2015 included a net benefit of $0.5$0.3 million, compared to a net benefit of $1.8 million in 2014, related primarily to adjustments

of prior years' estimates and the expiration of the statute of limitations for uncertain tax positions which reduced our effective tax rates by approximately 0.4% and adjustments2.7%, respectively.
Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA for 2015 increased 10.2% to $135.2 million compared to $122.7 million for 2014. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was driven primarily by an increase in gross profit (see the reconciliation of prior year's estimates.Adjusted EBITDA to net income in "Adjusted EBITDA").

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure used by management to measure operating performance. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides meaningful supplemental information for investors regarding the performance of our business and allows investors to view results in a manner similar to the method used by our management. Adjusted EBITDA is also among the primary measures used externally by our investors, analysts and peers in our industry for purposes of valuation and comparing our results to other companies. Adjusted EBITDA is not defined by GAAP and the discussion of Adjusted EBITDA should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We may define Adjusted EBITDA differently than other companies and therefore such measures may not be comparable to ours.
The following table provides the components of Adjusted EBITDA for years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in millions):
32

 Year Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Net income$54.2
 $51.5
 $42.7
Interest expense, net (1)
5.1
 2.0
 1.8
Provision for income taxes31.3
 31.4
 23.7
Depreciation and amortization42.9
 37.9
 32.0
LIFO expense13.2
 1.9
 16.3
Stock-based compensation expense6.1
 8.7
 6.1
Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses, net(0.5) 1.8
 0.1
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)$152.3
 $135.2
 $122.7

(1)
Interest expense, net, is reported net of interest income.
Table of Contents


Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category
The following table summarizes our cigarette and food/non-food product sales, LIFO expense, gross profit and other relevant financial data for 20132016, 20122015 and 20112014 (in millions)(1):
 2013 2012 2011
Cigarettes     
Net sales$6,642.0
 $6,139.4
 $5,710.6
Excise taxes in sales (2)
1,832.8
 1,782.4
 1,762.1
Net sales, less excise taxes (3)
4,809.2
 4,357.0
 3,948.5
LIFO expense7.5
 8.0
 10.4
Gross profit (4)
158.5
 151.0
 137.4
Gross profit %2.39% 2.46% 2.41%
Gross profit % less excise taxes3.30% 3.47% 3.48%
Remaining gross profit (6)
$157.0
 $151.2
 $139.6
Remaining gross profit %2.36% 2.46% 2.44%
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes3.26% 3.47% 3.54%
      
Food/Non-food Products     
Net sales$3,125.6
 $2,753.0
 $2,404.3
Excise taxes in sales (2)
218.0
 204.6
 189.4
Net sales, less excise taxes (3)
2,907.6
 2,548.4
 2,214.9
LIFO expense1.2
 4.3
 7.9
Gross profit (5)
378.6
 325.8
 296.7
Gross profit %12.11% 11.83% 12.34%
Gross profit % less excise taxes13.02% 12.78% 13.40%
Remaining gross profit (6)
$379.8
 $330.1
 $297.9
Remaining gross profit %12.15% 11.99% 12.39%
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes13.06% 12.95% 13.45%
      
Totals     
Net sales$9,767.6
 $8,892.4
 $8,114.9
Excise taxes in sales (2)
2,050.8
 1,987.0
 1,951.5
Net sales, less excise taxes (3)
7,716.8
 6,905.4
 6,163.4
LIFO expense8.7
 12.3
 18.3
Gross profit (4) (5)
537.1
 476.8
 434.1
Gross profit %5.50% 5.36% 5.35%
Gross profit % less excise taxes6.96% 6.90% 7.04%
Remaining gross profit (6)
$536.8
 $481.3
 $437.5
Remaining gross profit %5.50% 5.41% 5.39%
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes6.96% 6.97% 7.10%
 2016 2015 2014
Cigarettes     
Net sales$10,335.7
 $7,528.5
 $6,942.0
Excise taxes in sales (2)
2,716.2
 1,977.5
 1,881.1
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP)(3)
7,619.5
 5,551.0
 5,060.9
LIFO expense (4)
11.7
 11.0
 10.1
Gross profit (5)
220.0
 180.5
 155.4
Gross profit %2.13% 2.40% 2.24%
Gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP)2.89% 3.25% 3.07%
Remaining gross profit (non-GAAP)(7)
$216.4
 $172.4
 $157.3
Remaining gross profit % (non-GAAP)2.09% 2.29% 2.27%
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP)2.84% 3.11% 3.11%
      
Food/Non-food     
Net sales$4,193.7
 $3,540.9
 $3,338.1
Excise taxes in sales (2)
305.8
 234.2
 229.2
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP)(3)
3,887.9
 3,306.7
 3,108.9
LIFO expense (income) (4)
1.5
 (9.1) 6.2
Gross profit (6)
516.9
 457.4
 418.3
Gross profit %12.33% 12.92% 12.53%
Gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP)13.30% 13.83% 13.45%
Remaining gross profit (non-GAAP)(7)
$518.4
 $446.5
 $410.0
Remaining gross profit % (non-GAAP)12.36% 12.61% 12.28%
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP)13.33% 13.50% 13.19%
      
Totals     
Net sales$14,529.4
 $11,069.4
 $10,280.1
Excise taxes in sales (2)
3,022.0
 2,211.7
 2,110.3
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP)(3)
11,507.4
 8,857.7
 8,169.8
LIFO expense (4)
13.2
 1.9
 16.3
Gross profit  (5) (6)
736.9
 637.9
 573.7
Gross profit %5.07% 5.76% 5.58%
Gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP)6.40% 7.20% 7.02%
Remaining gross profit (non-GAAP)(7)
$734.8
 $618.9
 $567.3
Remaining gross profit % (non-GAAP)5.06% 5.59% 5.52%
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP)6.39% 6.99% 6.94%

(1)Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.
(2)Excise taxes included in our net sales consist of state, local and provincial excise taxes, which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass the tax on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette excise taxes result in higher net sales, our overall gross profit percentage may be reduced since gross profit dollars generally remain the same.
(3)Net
See the reconciliation of net sales less excise taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to separate the increasenet sales in sales due to product sales growth"Comparison of Sales and increasesGross Profit by Product Category"and in excise taxes."Non-GAAP Financial Information".

33


(4)Cigarette
LIFO expense increased $11.3 million in 2016 compared to 2015, due primarily to an increase in the PPI for certain product categories we use to measure food/non-food LIFO expense as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Since we value our inventory in the U.S. on a LIFO basis, our gross profit includes (i) cigarette inventory holding gains relatedcan be positively or negatively impacted depending on the relative level of price inflation or deflation in manufacturer prices as reported in the Bureau of Labor Statistics PPI used to manufacturer price increases, (ii) increases in state, localestimate and provincial excise taxes and (iii)record our book LIFO effects. Cigarette inventory holding gains for the years 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $9.0 million, $7.8 million and $8.2 million, respectively.expense (seeNote 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements).
(5) Cigarette gross profit includes (i) cigarette inventory holding gains related to manufacturer price increases, (ii) increases in state, local and provincial excise taxes and (iii) LIFO effects. Cigarette inventory holding gains for the years 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $15.3 million, $10.1 million and $8.2 million, respectively. For 2015, we recognized cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains in the U.S. of $9.0 million, resulting from the increase in the excise tax rates of certain jurisdictions.
(5)(6)Food/non-food gross profit includes (i) inventory holding gains related to manufacturer price increases, (ii) increases in state, local and provincial excise taxes, (iii) LIFO effects, (iv) OTP tax itemsrefunds of $1.8 million in 2015 and $8.5 million in 2014, net of an OTP assessment of $0.5 million related to prior years’ taxes, and (v) a net candy holding gain. Included in food/non-food gross profit for 2011 was a $5.9$6.0 million net candy holding gain and an OTP tax settlement of $0.8 million.in 2014.
(6)(7)Remaining
See the reconciliation of remaining gross profit is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to segregate the effects of LIFO expense, cigarette inventory holding gains and other items that significantly affect the comparability of gross profit.profit in "Non-GAAP Financial Information".

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 20132016 were $11.0$26.4 million compared to $19.1$12.5 million at December 31, 2012.2015. Our restricted cash at December 31, 20132016 was $12.1$15.3 million compared to $10.9$8.5 million at December 31, 2012.2015. Restricted cash represents primarily funds that have been set aside in trust as required by one of the Canadian provincial taxing authorities to secure amounts payable for cigarette and tobacco excise taxes.
Our liquidity requirements arise primarily from the funding of our working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements offor our Credit Facility,revolving credit facility (Credit Facility), income taxes, repurchases of common stock and dividend payments. We have historically funded our liquidity requirements through our cash flows from operations and external borrowings. For the year ended December 31, 2013,2016, our cash flows from operating activities provided $59.1used $98.0 million, and aton December 31, 2013,2016, we had $122.7$224.8 million of borrowing capacity available under our Credit Facility.
Based on our anticipated cash needs, availability under our Credit Facility and the scheduled maturity of our debt, we expect that our current liquidity will be sufficient to meet all of our anticipated operating needs during the next twelve months.
On September 14, 2016, our Board of Directors approved a motion to terminate the Company’s qualified defined-benefit pension plan. Pension liabilities will be settled through either lump sum payments or purchasing annuities from an insurance company. We expect to make cash contributions between $4.0 million and $6.0 million to settle our pension obligations in 2017. Settling the plan will eliminate cash contributions, lower future expenses and eliminate the risk of rising Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation premiums.
Cash flows from operating activities
Year ended December 31, 20132016
Net cash used in operating activities was $98.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $77.2 million of cash provided for the same period in 2015.
Significant new operating agreements with Murphy U.S.A. and 7-Eleven Inc., both of which commenced in 2016, significantly contributed to increases in working capital requirements during the year. Changes in operating assets and liabilities caused net cash used in operating activities of $226.1 million.  Specifically, inventories, accounts receivable, and other receivables, increased $180.4 million, $59.2 million, and $37.0 million, respectively, utilizing working capital, and using cash.  Offsetting this usage was an increase of cigarette and tobacco taxes payables, which provided cash of $65.5 million.  Other net working capital movements used cash of $15.0 million.   
Offsetting the working capital requirements of $226.1 million was net income of $54.2 million plus non-cash additions to net income from Depreciation, LIFO and inventory provision, of $42.9 million, and $13.2 million, respectively.  Other non-cash adjustments to net income were $17.8 million.
Year ended December 31, 2015
Net cash provided by operating activities decreasedincreased by $12.1$10.7 million to $59.1$77.2 million for the year ended December 31, 20132015 compared to $71.2$66.5 million for the same period in 2012.2014. This decreaseincrease was due primarily to a $20.0 million decrease in net cash provided by working capital, offset by an increase of $7.9$17.6 million in net income adjusted for non-cash items.items, offset by an increase in cash used in working capital of $6.9 million. The decreaseincrease in cash used in working capital was due primarily to an increase in inventory attributable to speculative inventory purchases, the addition of new customers and related higher levels of food/non-food inventory to support sales growth. In addition, working capital increased due to higher accounts receivables resulting primarily from increasedhigher sales volume, and the timing of inventory purchases including prepayments of cigarette purchasesto certain vendors.

Cash flows from certain manufacturers. These factors were partially offset by an increase in accounts payable, which was driven primarily by an increase in non-cigarette sales volume, and cigarette and tobacco taxes payable due primarily to timing of year-end stamp purchases.investing activities
Year ended December 31, 20122016
Net cash provided by operatingused in investing activities increased by $59.9$114.0 million to $71.2$157.2 million for the year ended December 31, 20122016 compared to $11.3$43.2 million for the same period in 2011. This increase was due to a $52.8 million increase in net cash provided by working capital and a $7.1 million increase in net income adjusted for non-cash items.2015. The increase in net cash providedused was primarily driven by workingthe acquisition of Pine State for $88.4 million compared to $8.0 million for the acquisition of Karrys Bros. in the prior year. Significant capital was due primarily toexpenditures for the year included $16.8 million in leasehold improvements for a decrease in inventory and accounts receivable levels during 2012, excluding the impact of the Davenport acquisition. Accountsnew building for our Las Vegas division and other receivables, net, were lower at the end of 2012, duebuilding upgrades, as well as $13.7 million in logistics equipment to the timing of collections. The decrease in inventory was due primarilyaccommodate new business. Capital expenditures for 2017 are expected to lower levels of year-end purchases related to seasonal promotional opportunities, new business and holiday timing. In addition, during 2012 we generated less working capital from accounts payable and cigarette and tobacco taxes payable,be approximately $50 million, which declined consistentwill be utilized for expansion projects, including investments costs associated with the lower levels of inventory.our supply agreement with Walmart.
Cash flows from investing activities
Year ended December 31, 20132015
Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $36.6$17.9 million to $24.0$43.2 million for the year ended December 31, 20132015 compared to $60.6$61.1 million for the same period in 2012. This decrease2014. The reduction in cash used was due primarily to a $30.4decrease in capital expenditures of approximately $23.6 million reductionand a decrease in restricted cash of $5.4 million, offset by $8.0 million used for acquisitions. In 2012, we paid $34.3 million in connection with the acquisition of Davenport, and, in 2013, we paid an additional $3.6 million to the previous owners of Davenport related primarily to certain post-closing purchase price adjustments. The decrease in net cash used in investing activities was also due to lower capital expenditures, which decreased by approximately $10.4 million to $18.0 million in 2013 compared to $28.4 million in 2012.Karrys Bros. The decrease in capital expenditures is attributable primarily to the postponement of certain projectshigher spending in 2014 attributable primarily to 2014.a distribution center in Ohio, and an investment in advanced ordering technology for customers.

Cash flows from financing activities
34

Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 20122016
Net cash used in investingprovided by financing activities decreasedincreased by $14.5$300.9 million to $60.6$266.7 million for the year ended December 31, 20122016 compared to $75.1net cash used of $34.2 million for the same period in 2011. This decrease was due primarily to a $16.8 million reduction in cash used for acquisitions. In 2012 we acquired Davenport for $34.0 million, net of acquired cash, compared with the acquisition of FCGC in 2011 for which we paid $50.8 million, net of acquired cash. Capital expenditures increased by $4.5 million to $28.6 million in 2012 compared with $24.1 million in 2011. The increase in capital expenditures was due primarily to expansion projects at certain warehouses.
Cash flows from financing activities
Year ended December 31, 2013
Net cash used in financing activities increased by $37.4 million to $43.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $6.1 million for the same period in 2012.2015. This increase was due primarily to net repayments of $27.0a $297.9 million increase in 2013 compared to net borrowings of $11.3 million in 2012.
Year ended December 31, 2012
Net cash used in financing activities was $6.1 million for 2012 compared to net cash provided of $62.9 million for the same period in 2011, a change of $69.0 million. This change was due primarily to a decrease in net borrowingsmade under our Credit Facility, partially in support of $50.7our acquisition of Pine State for $88.4 million, a decrease of $21.9as well as to fund increased working capital requirements to support our business expansion activities.  Book overdrafts increased $8.6 million in book overdrafts, caused by the level of cash on hand in relation to the timing of vendor payments and an $8.4 million increase in cash used to pay dividends to stockholders, all of which were offset by a $13.8 million decrease in cash used to repurchase common stock in 2012.outstanding checks.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA is a measure used by management to measure operating performance. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides meaningful supplemental information for investors regarding the performance of our business and allows investors to view results in a manner similar to the method used by our management. Adjusted EBITDA is also among the primary measures used externally by our investors, analysts and peers in our industry for purposes of valuation and comparing our results to other companies in our industry. Adjusted EBITDA is not defined by GAAP and the discussion of Adjusted EBITDA should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We may define Adjusted EBITDA differently than other companies and therefore such measures may not be comparable to ours.
The following table provides the components of Adjusted EBITDA for yearsYear ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):2015
 Year Ended December 31,
 2013 2012 2011
Net income$41.6
 $33.9
 $26.2
Interest expense, net (1)
2.2
 1.8
 2.0
Provision for income taxes24.4
 21.5
 17.0
Depreciation and amortization27.2
 25.3
 22.4
LIFO expense8.7
 12.3
 18.3
Stock-based compensation expense4.6
 5.8
 5.5
Foreign currency transaction losses (gains), net0.8
 0.2
 0.5
Adjusted EBITDA$109.5
 $100.8
 $91.9

(1)Interest expense, net, is reported net of interest income.
Adjusted EBITDANet cash used in financing activities increased by $32.8 million to $34.2 million for 2013 increased 8.6% to $109.5 millionthe year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $100.8$1.4 million for 2012. Includedthe same period in Adjusted EBITDA for 2013 is approximately $2.82014. This increase was due primarily to net repayments on our Credit Facility of $9.3 million in 2015 compared to net borrowings of expenses related to integration and business expansion activities$9.6 million in the Eastern U.S. Adjusted EBITDA for 2012 includes $1.32014, a decrease in book overdrafts of $6.1 million of acquisition costs offset by a $1.8 million benefit associated with the favorable recovery of legacy workers’ compensation and insurance claims. Excluding the aforementioned items, Adjusted EBITDA increased 12.0% year-over-year, driven primarilycaused by the additionlevel of Davenportcash on hand in relation to the timing of vendor payments and growth in our food/non-food business.

35

Tableoutstanding checks, and an increase of Contents$3.3 million for dividends and stock repurchases.



Our Credit Facility
OurWe have a Credit Facility with a borrowing capacity of $600 million, as of December 31, 2016. On November 4, 2016, we entered into a ninth amendment to the Credit Facility (the Ninth Amendment), which increased the Credit Facility from $450 million to $600 million. The Credit Facility has a capacity of $200 millionan expansion feature which is expandablecan be increased up to an additional $100 million, limited by a borrowing base primarily consisting of lenders' revolving commitments, subject to certain provisions. On May 30, 2013, we entered into a fifth amendment to the Credit Facility (the "Fifth Amendment"), which, among other things, extended the term of the Credit Facility from May 2016 to May 2018eligible accounts receivable and reduced the margin on LIBOR or CDOR borrowing rates. In addition, the Fifth Amendment provides for future stock repurchases of up to an aggregate of $50 million, not to exceed $15 million in any year and re-established a $75 million ceiling for dividends allowable over the term of the Credit Facility.
inventories. All obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by first priority liens uponon substantially all of our present and future assets. The terms of the Credit Facility permit prepayment without penalty at any time (subject to customary breakage costs with respect to LIBORLondon Interbank Offer Rate (LIBOR) or CDORCanadian Dollar Offer Rate (CDOR) based loans prepaid prior to the end of an interest period). This will be subject to the same borrowing base limitations as the Eighth amendment.
On May 16, 2016, we entered into an Eighth amendment, which increased the size of the Credit Facility from $300 million to $450 million. In addition, the Eighth amendment allows for unlimited stock repurchases and dividends, as long as we meet certain credit availability percentages and fixed charge coverage ratios.
The Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants, including among others, limitations on dividends and other restricted payments, other indebtedness, liens, investments and acquisitions and certain asset sales.matures in May 2020. We incurred fees of approximately $1.3 million in connection with the amendments. As of December 31, 2013,2016, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the Credit Facility. See Note 8 - Long-Term Debt to our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K for additional details on the Credit Facility.
Amounts borrowed, outstanding letters of credit and amounts available to borrow, net of certain reserves required under the Credit Facility, were as follows (in millions):

December 31, December 31,December 31,
2013 20122016 2015
Amounts borrowed$46.3
 $73.3
Amounts borrowed, net$336.0
 $47.0
Outstanding letters of credit21.8
 19.8
17.4
 18.5
Amounts available to borrow (1)
122.7
 97.7
224.8
 123.9

(1)Excluding $100 million expansion feature.
Average borrowings during the years ended December 31, 20132016 and 20122015 were $35.3$184.4 million and $26.3$39.6 million, respectively, with amounts borrowed at any one time during the years then ended ranging from zero to $112.0$428.0 million and zero to $91.5$120.9 million, respectively.
The weighted-average interest rate on our Credit Facility See Liquidity and Capital Resources for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 1.8% and 2.1%, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate is calculated basedadditional details on the daily cost of borrowing, reflecting a blend of prime and LIBOR rates. We paid fees for unused credit facility and letter of credit participation, which are included in interest expense, of $0.8 million, $0.9 million, and $1.3 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We recorded charges relatedincrease to amortization of debt issuance costs, which are included in interest expense, of $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Unamortized debt issuance costs were $1.4 million and $1.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.average borrowings details.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments
Contractual Obligations. The following table presents information regarding our contractual obligations that existed as of December 31, 20132016 (in millions):
Total Less than 1 Year 1 - 3 Years 3 - 5 Years More than 5 YearsTotal Less than 1 Year 1 - 3 Years 3 - 5 Years More than 5 Years
Credit Facility (1)
$46.3
 $
 $
 $46.3
 $
$336.0
 $
 $
 $336.0
 $
Purchase obligations (2)
24.4
 6.8
 3.8
 3.8
 10.0
47.8
 23.3
 10.0
 14.5
 
Letters of credit21.8
 21.8
 
 
 
17.4
 17.4
 
 
 
Operating leases213.7
 33.8
 60.0
 47.9
 72.0
350.0
 54.3
 99.3
 75.1
 121.3
Capitalized leases (3)
12.5
 1.2
 2.2
 1.6
 7.5
16.8
 2.6
 4.6
 3.2
 6.4
Total contractual obligations (4)(5)(6)
$318.7
 $63.6
 $66.0
 $99.6
 $89.5
$768.0
 $97.6
 $113.9
 $428.8
 $127.7

(1)Represents amounts borrowed under our Credit Facility and does not include interest costs associated with the Credit Facility.

36

Table of Contents

(2)
Our purchase obligations at December 31, 20132016 were related primarily to delivery equipment and purchases of compressed natural gas for our trucking fleet. Purchase orders for the purchase of inventoryfleet, delivery and otherwarehouse equipment, computer software and services, are not included in the table above because purchase orders represent authorizations and leasehold improvements (see Note 9 - Commitments and Contingencies to purchase rather than binding agreements. For purposes of this table, contractual obligations for purchase of goods or services are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Our purchase orders are based on our current inventory needs and are fulfilled by our suppliers within short time periods. We also enter into contracts for outsourced services; however, the obligations under these contracts are not significant and the contracts generally contain clauses allowing for cancellation without significant penalty.consolidated financial statements).
(3)Represents present value ofnet future minimum lease payments for warehouse facility, refrigeration and other office and warehouse equipment. Current maturities of capital leases are included in accrued liabilities, and non-current maturities are included in long-term debt. Interest costs associated with the capitalized leases are not included in the table above.
(4)
We have not included in the table above claims liabilities of $28.2$40.2 million, net of current portion, which includes health and welfare, workers'workers’ compensation and general and auto liabilities because it doesthey do not have a definite payout by year. TheyClaims liabilities are included in a separate line in the Consolidated Balance Sheet and discussed in Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements.

(5)
As discussed in Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans to our consolidated financial statements, we have a $2.1$4.3 million long-termand $0.2 million, respectively, in short-term obligation arising from an underfunded pension plan and other post-retirement benefit plan and $2.4 million long-term obligation arising from underfunded other post-retirement benefit plan. Future minimumCash contributions of approximately $4.0 million to $6.0 million to settle pension funding requirementsobligations in 2017 in conjunction with the termination of our pension plan are not included in the schedule above as they are not available for all periods presented.above.
(6)
The table excludes unrecognized tax liabilities of $0.6$0.2 million because a reasonable and reliable estimate of the timing of future tax payments or settlements, if any, cannot be determined (see Note 10 - Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements).
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
LetterLetters of Credit Commitments.Credit. As of December 31, 2013,2016, our standby letters of credit issued under our Credit Facility were $21.8$17.4 million related primarily to casualty insurance and tax obligations.insurance. The majority of the standby letters of credit mature in one year. However, in the ordinary course of our business, we will continue to renew or modify the terms of the letters of credit to support business requirements. The liabilities underlying the letters of credit are reflected on our consolidated balance sheets.
Operating Leases.The majority of our sales offices, warehouse facilities and trucks are subject to lease agreements which expire at various dates through 2032, excluding renewal options. These leasesWe are generally require usrequired to maintain, insureincur maintenance, insurance, and pay any related taxes.property tax expenses in connection with our lease agreements. In most instances, we expect the leases that expire will be renewed or replaced in the normal course of our business.
Third Party Distribution Centers. We currently manage two regional distribution centers for third party convenience store operators who engage in self-distribution. Under the agreement relating to one of these facilities, the third party has a “put” right under which it may require us to acquire the facility. If the put right is exercised, we will be required to (1) purchase the inventory in the facilities at cost, (2) purchase the physical assets of the facilities at fully depreciated cost and (3) assume the obligations of the third party as lessees under the leases related to those facilities. While we believe the likelihood that this put option will be exercised is remote, if it were exercised, we would be required to make aggregate capital expenditures of approximately $2.0 million based on current estimates. The amount of capital expenditures would vary depending on the timing of any exercise of such put right and does not include an estimate of the cost to purchase inventory because such purchases would simply replace other planned inventory purchases and would not represent an incremental cost. In the event the third party terminates self-distribution, they are required to enter into a five year distribution agreement with us to supply their stores.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
This Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of our Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses during the reporting period. The critical accounting polices used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are those that are important both to the presentation of financial condition and results of operations and require significant judgments with regards to estimates. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We believe the current assumptions and other considerations used to estimate amounts reflected in our financial statements are appropriate; however, actual results could differ from these estimates.
We consider the allowance for doubtful accounts, vendor rebates and promotional allowances, claims liabilities and insurance recoverables, valuation of pension assets and obligations, valuation of long-lived assets and goodwill, realizability of deferred income taxes and uncertain tax positions to be those estimates which involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. We believe that the following represent the more critical accounting policies, which are subject to estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our financial statements.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for losses we estimate will arise from our trade customers'customers’ inability to make required payments. We evaluate the collectability of accounts receivable and determine the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and a review of specific customer accounts. In determining the adequacy of allowances for customer receivables, we analyze factors such as the value of any collateral, customer financial statements, historical collection experience, aging of receivables, general economic conditions and other factors. It is possible that the accuracy of the estimation

37

Table of Contents

process could be materially affected by different judgments as to the collectability based on information considered and further deterioration of accounts. If circumstances change (i.e., further evidence of material adverse creditworthiness, additional accounts become credit risks, store closures or deterioration in general economic conditions), our estimates of the recoverability of amounts due us could be reduced by a material amount.
The allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2013, 20122016 and 20112015 amounted to 3.8%, 4.5%1.9% and 4.2%3.9%, respectively, of gross trade accounts receivable.
Bad debt expense associated with our trade customer receivables was $1.1$2.0 million, $1.3 million and $2.2 million in 20132016, 2015 and $2.0 million for both 2012 and 2011.2014, respectively. As a percentage of net sales, our bad debt expense was less than 0.1% for 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011.2014.
Vendor Rebates and Promotional Allowances
Periodic payments from vendors in various forms including rebates, promotional allowances and volume discounts are reflected in the carrying value of the related inventory when earned and as cost of goods sold as the related merchandise is sold. Up-front consideration received from vendors linked to purchase or other commitments is initially deferred and amortized ratably to cost of goods sold or as the performance of the activities specified by the vendor to earn the fee is completed. Cooperative marketing

incentives from suppliers are recorded as reductions to cost of goods sold to the extent the vendor considerations exceed the costs relating to the programs. These amounts are recorded in the period the related promotional or merchandising programs wereare provided. Certain vendor incentive promotions require that we make assumptions and judgments regarding, for example, the likelihood of achieving market share levels or attaining specified levels of purchases. Vendor incentives are at the discretion of our vendors and can fluctuate due to changes in vendor strategies and market requirements.
Claims Liabilities and Insurance Recoverables
We maintain reserves related to workers'workers’ compensation, general and auto liability and health and welfare programs that are principally self-insured. Our workers'workers’ compensation, general and auto liability insurance policies currently include a deductible of $500,000 per occurrence and we maintain excess loss insurance that covers any health and welfare costs in excess of $200,000$250,000 per person per year.
Our reserves for workers'workers’ compensation, general and auto insurance liabilities are estimated based on applying an actuarially derived loss development factor to our incurred losses, including losses for claims incurred but not yet reported. Actuarial projections of losses concerning workers'workers’ compensation, general and auto insurance liabilities are subject to a high degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting future inflation rates, health care costs, litigation trends, legal interpretations, legislative reforms, benefit level changes and claim settlement patterns. Our reserve for health and welfare claims includes an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, which is derived primarily from historical experience.
Our claim liabilities and the related recoverables from insurance carriers for estimated claims in excess of the deductible and other insured events are presented in their gross amounts because there is no right of offset. The following is a summary of our net reserves as of December 31, 20132016 and 20122015 (in millions):
2013 20122016 2015
Current Long-Term Total Current Long-Term TotalCurrent Long-Term Total Current Long-Term Total
Gross claims liabilities:                      
Workers' compensation$8.1
 $26.1
 $34.2
 $4.8
 $26.2
 $31.0
Workers’ compensation$6.6
 $22.3
 $28.9
 $5.9
 $23.5
 $29.4
Auto & general insurance2.3
 2.1
 4.4
 1.1
 1.6
 2.7
3.1
 4.5
 7.6
 2.3
 3.1
 5.4
Health & welfare2.5
 
 2.5
 2.6
 0.3
 2.9
3.7
 
 3.7
 3.7
 
 3.7
Total gross claims liabilities$12.9
 $28.2
 $41.1
 $8.5
 $28.1
 $36.6
$13.4
 $26.8
 $40.2
 $11.9
 $26.6
 $38.5
                      
Insurance recoverables$(5.3) $(17.2) $(22.5) $(2.1) $(17.6) $(19.7)$(2.1) $(12.9) $(15.0) $(1.5) $(14.4) $(15.9)
                      
Reserves (net):                      
Workers' compensation$3.6
 $9.9
 $13.5
 $2.9
 $9.1
 $12.0
Workers’ compensation$5.7
 $11.3
 $17.0
 $4.8
 $10.0
 $14.8
Auto & general insurance1.5
 1.1
 2.6
 0.9
 1.1
 2.0
1.9
 2.6
 4.5
 1.9
 2.2
 4.1
Health & welfare2.5
 
 2.5
 2.6
 0.3
 2.9
3.7
 
 3.7
 3.7
 
 3.7
Reserves (net)$7.6
 $11.0
 $18.6
 $6.4
 $10.5
 $16.9
$11.3
 $13.9
 $25.2
 $10.4
 $12.2
 $22.6


38

Table of Contents

The increase in these reserves for 20132016 was due primarily to a higher number of claims and reported losses for our workers compensation, general and auto insurance liability, combined with the addition of our new division in North Carolina.liability. A 10% change in our incurred but not reported estimates would increase or decrease the estimated reserves for our workers'workers’ compensation liability, general and auto insurance liability, and health and welfare liability as of December 31, 20132016 by $0.7$1.0 million, $0.1$0.2 million and $0.2$0.3 million, respectively.
Valuation of Pension LiabilitiesAssets and Obligations
We sponsored a qualified defined-benefit pension plan and a post-retirement benefit plan (collectively, the “Pension“the Pension Plans”) for employees hired before September 1986 and certain employees of Fleming, our former parent company. As discussed in Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans to our consolidated financial statements, our qualified defined-benefit pension plan was underfunded by $2.1$4.3 million and $10.0$4.7 million at December 31, 20132016 and 2012,2015, respectively. There have been no new entrants to the pension or non-pension post-retirement benefit plans after those benefit plans were frozen on September 30, 1989. Pursuant to the plan of reorganization (May 2004) described in Exhibit 2.1 and incorporated by reference (see Part IV, Item 15, Exhibit Index of this Form 10-K), we were assigned the obligations for three former Fleming defined-benefit pension plans, and these plans were merged into our defined benefit pension plan effective December 2007.1986.
The determination of the obligation and expense associated with our Pension Plans areis dependent, in part, on our selection of certain assumptions used by our independent actuaries in calculating these amounts. These assumptions are disclosed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements and include, among other things, the weighted-average discount rate and the expected weighted-average long-term rate of return on plan assets and the rate of compensation increases.assets. Actual results in any given year will often differ from actuarial assumptions

because of economic and other factors. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, actual results that differ from the actuarial assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods and therefore, affect recognized expense and the recorded obligation in such future periods. While we believe our assumptions are appropriate, significant differences in actual results or changes in our assumptions may materially affect our pension and other post-retirement obligations and theassociated future expense.
On September 14, 2016, the Board of Directors approved a motion to terminate the Company’s qualified defined-benefit pension plan. We expect to complete the settlement of our pension liabilities through either lump sum payments or purchased annuities by December 31, 2017 (see Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans).
We select the weighted-average discount rates for each benefit plan as the rate at which the benefits could be effectively settled as of the measurement date. In selecting an appropriate weighted-average discount rate we use a yield curve methodology, matching the expected benefits at each duration to the available high quality yields at that duration and calculating an equivalent yield, which is the ultimate discount rate used. The weighted-average discount raterates used to determine the pension obligation and pension expense were 4.60%3.30% and 3.80%4.13%, respectively for 20132016, and 3.80%4.32% and 4.72%4.05%, respectively for 2012.2015. A lower weighted-average discount rate increases pension expense and the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense.obligations. Expected return on pension plan assets is based on historical experience of our portfolio and the review of projected returns by asset class on broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices, as well as target asset allocation. OurIn 2016, our target asset allocation mix is designedwas adjusted to meet our long-term100% fixed income with the objective of hedging the obligation in anticipation of the pension and post-retirement benefit plan requirements.termination. Our assumed weighted-average rate of return on our assets was 7.0%3.6% and 7.3%6.0% for 20132016 and 2012,2015, respectively.
Sensitivity toanalysis for changes in the major assumptions forof our pension plans as of December 31, 20132016 is as follows (in millions):

 
Percentage
Point
Change
 Projected Benefit Obligation Decrease (Increase) 
Expense

Decrease (Increase)
Expected return on plan assets+/- .25 pt N/A $0.1 / (0.1)
Discount rate -- Pension+/- .25 pt $0.81.0 / (0.8)(1.0) $0.0 / (0.0)
Discount rate -- Post-retirement+/- .25 pt $0.1 / (0.1) $0.0 / (0.0)

Valuation of Long-Lived and Other Intangible Assets Impairment
We review our intangible and other long-lived assets for potentialindicators of impairment at least quarterly. Long-lived and other intangible assets are required to be tested for impairment whenwhenever events andor changes in circumstances existindicate that indicate the carrying amounts of thosesuch assets may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets consist primarily of land, buildings, furniture, fixturesdelivery, warehouse and office equipment, leasehold improvements and other intangible assets.assets with definite useful lives. An impairment of long-lived assets exists when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset, or asset group, exceeds its fair value. Impairment losses are recorded when the carrying amount of the impaired asset is not recoverable. Recoverability is determined by comparing the carrying amount of the asset (or asset group) to the undiscounted cash flows which are expected to be generated from its use. Our estimates of future cash flows are based on historical experience and management'smanagement’s expectations of relevant customers and markets and other operational factors. These estimates project

39

Table of Contents

future cash flows several years into the future and can be affected by factors such as competition, inflation and other economic conditions. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less the cost to sell such assets.We have assessed our asset groups and determined we have five asset groups.  We did not record impairment losses related to long-lived and other intangible assets or assets identified for abandonment as a result of facility closures or facility relocation in any of the years ended December 31, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011.2014.
Valuation of Goodwill Impairment
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase consideration of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is not subject to amortization but must be evaluated for impairment. We test goodwill for impairment annually as of October 1, or whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. Each quarter, or wheneverThe Company’s reporting units, which are the United States and Canada, also represent the Company’s operating segments. Whenever events or circumstances change, we assess the related qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The tests to evaluate goodwill for impairment are performed at the operating divisionreporting unit level. In the first step of the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of the operating divisionreporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the operating divisionreporting unit is less than its carrying value, we perform a second step to determine the implied fair value of goodwill associated with the division.reporting unit. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, such excess represents the amount of goodwill impairment for which an impairment loss would be recorded. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The estimated fair value of each operating divisionreporting unit is based

on the discounted cash flow method, which is based on historical and forecasted amounts specific to each reporting unit and considers sales, gross profit, operating profit and cash flows and general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business and operational strategies and other estimates and assumptions for future growth rates, working capital and capital expenditures. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable at the time, but such assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainty. We did not record any impairment charges related to goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
In connection with our annual goodwill impairment testing performed during 2013,2016, the first step of the test indicated that the fair values of the applicable reporting units significantly exceeded their carrying value within a range of between 7% and 10%,values, and accordingly, no further testing of goodwill was required. However, changes in the judgments and estimates underlying our analysis of goodwill for possible impairment, including expected future cash flows and discount rate, could result in a significantly different estimate of the fair value of the reporting units in the future and could result in impairment of goodwill.

We have historically performed our annual impairment testing of goodwillNon-GAAP Financial Information
The financial statements in this Annual Report on November 30 of each year.  In 2013, we changed the annual impairment testing date from November 30to October 1.Form 10-K are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Core-Mark uses certain non-GAAP financial measures including (i) Adjusted EBITDA, (ii) net income excluding LIFO expense, (iii) net sales, less excise taxes, (iv) remaining gross profit, (v) remaining gross profit margin, (vi) remaining gross profit margin less excise taxes, and (vii) cigarette remaining gross profit per carton. We believe this change, which representsthese non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information for investors regarding the performance of our business and facilitate a changemeaningful period to period evaluation. We also believe these measures allow investors to view results in a manner similar to the method used by our management. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in order to have comparable financial results to analyze changes in our underlying business. These non-GAAP measures should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. These measures may be defined differently than other companies and therefore, such measures may not be comparable to ours. We strongly encourage investors and stockholders to review our financial statements and publicly filed reports in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. These non-GAAP measures are defined as follows:
(i) Adjusted EBITDA is a measure used by management to measure operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is also among the primary measures used externally by our investors, analysts and peers in our industry for purposes of applying an accounting principle,valuation and comparing our results to other companies. Adjusted EBITDA is preferableequal to net income adding back net interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, LIFO expense, stock-based compensation expense and net foreign currency transaction gains or losses. See Adjusted EBITDA tables to our Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional details on the components of Adjusted EBITDA.
(ii) Net income excluding LIFO expense is a non-GAAP financial measure which is net income excluding LIFO expense and tax effects of LIFO expense. We provide this measure to show increases in net income for a more comparable analysis between periods, without LIFO expenses, due to fluctuations in LIFO expenses resulting from inflation.
The following table reconciles net income excluding LIFO expense to net income, its most comparable financial measure under GAAP (in millions) (1):
 2016 2015 Increase
 Amounts Amounts AmountsPercentage
Net income$54.2
 $51.5
 $2.7
5.2%
LIFO expense13.2
 1.9
 11.3
N/A
Provision for tax on LIFO expense(5.1) (0.7) 4.4
N/A
LIFO expense, net of taxes8.1
 1.2
 6.9
N/A
Net income excluding LIFO expense (non-GAAP)$62.3
 $52.7
 $9.6
18.2%

(1) Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.
(iii) Net sales less excise taxes is non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to separate the circumstancesincrease in sales and gross profits due to product sales growth and increases in state, local and provincial excise taxes, which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass the tax on to us as it provides additional time for us to quantifypart of the fair valueproduct cost and thus are not a component of our operating divisions and meet reporting requirements. The change in the annual goodwill impairment testing date is not intended to nor does it delay, accelerate, or avoid an impairment charge. We determined that it was impracticable to objectively determine projected cash flows and related valuation estimates that would have been used as of each October 1 for periods prior to October 1, 2013 without the use of hindsight. As such, we have prospectively applied the change in the annual impairment testing date from October 1, 2013. We did not record any impairment charges related to goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
On July 18, 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists, which requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss (NOL) carryforward, or similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward, rather than as a liability when (1) the uncertain tax position would reduce the NOL or other carryforward under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction and (2) the entity intends to use the deferred tax asset for that purpose. This accounting standard update will be effective for our beginning in the first quarter of 2014 and applied prospectively with early adoption permitted. We do not believe that the adoption of this accounting standard will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Forward-Looking Trends and Other Information
Cigarette Industry Trends
Cigarette Consumption

Cigarette carton sales for the industry have been in decline in the U.S. and Canada for more than a decade and in recent years we have seen a shift to other tobacco products including smokeless products and e-Cigarettes.  We believe overall cigarette consumption will continue to decline in the foreseeable future due to factors such as increases in the prices of cigarettes, increases

40

Table of Contents

in cigarette regulation and excise taxes, health concerns, increased pressure from anti-tobacco groups and other factors, all of which may lead to reduced consumption or consumers purchasing cigarettes from illicit markets.

Consistent with the industry, our cigarette carton sales have declined on average over the last five years on a comparable basis.  However, these declines in cigarette carton sales have been mitigated bytaxes. Although increases in cigarette prices by the manufacturers. In addition,taxes result in higher net sales, our same store carton decline is often masked by market share gains or channel shifting where cartons traditionally sold in one retail segment shifts to the convenience retail segment (e.g. drug or grocery channels shifting to convenience channels). These market share gains, and equally important, price increases have driven our ability to make more profit dollars from cigarette sales during this long secular decline in demand.  Despite our belief that this secular decline will continue at about the same pace, we also believe that we will continue to grow ouroverall gross profit dollars frompercentage may be reduced.

(iv) Remaining gross profit (including cigarette sales based on our expectation that cigarette manufacturers will continue to raise prices as carton sales declineremaining gross profit and that we will continue to take market share.
Cigarette and Excise Tax Inventory Holding Gains
Distributors such as Core-Mark may, from time to time, earn higherFood/Non-Food remaining gross profits on cigarette inventory and excise tax stamp quantities on hand at the time cigarette manufacturers increase their prices or when states, localities or provinces increase theirprofit), (v) remaining gross profit margin, (vi) remaining gross profit margin less excise taxes, and allow us to recognize inventory holding gains. These gains are recorded as an offset to cost of goods sold as the inventory is sold. Our(vii) cigarette inventory holding gains were $9.0 million, or 1.7%, of ourremaining gross profit for 2013, $7.8 million, or 1.6%,per carton, are non-GAAP financial measures, which we provide to segregate the effects of our gross profit for 2012LIFO expense, cigarette and $8.2 million, or 1.9% of our gross profit for 2011. We expect cigarette manufacturers will continue to raise prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability and the various taxing jurisdictions will raise excise taxes to make up for lost tax dollars related to consumption declines.
Food/Non-food Product Trends
We focus virtually all our marketing efforts on growing our food/non-food product sales. These products have significantly higher margins than cigarette products. Our goal is to continue to increase food/non-food product sales in the future to potentially offset the decline in cigarette cartons as well as enhance our profits and those of our customers.
We have specifically focused more heavily on fresh and healthy offerings because we believe that over the long-term the convenience shopper is trending toward these type items. These products tend to earn somewhat higher margins than most other food/non-food products we distribute.  Industry experts have indicated that fresh food is driving more and more shopping trips among consumers, and we are positioning ourselves and our customers to benefit from that trend. Ultimately, the consumer will determine what products are sold in the convenience store, but trends indicate that perishable foods will serve a more important role in the convenience retail channel in the future.
Generally we benefit from price inflation in products.  Price is controlled by the manufacturer and thus future levels of price inflation cannot be estimated by us.  Historically we have seen inflation in non-cigarette categories during times of steep commodity price increases and steep fuel price inflation.
General Economic Trends
Economic Conditions
Protracted challenging economic conditions, including high unemployment and underemployment rates, depressed real estate values, losses to consumer retirement and investment accounts, increases in food and other commodity prices and the general geopolitical environment at any given time may result in weakened consumer confidence and curtailed consumer spending in certain sectors. If these economic conditions are severe and/or persist for a prolonged period, we expect that our customers would experience reduced sales, which, in turn, would adversely affect demand for our products and could lead to reduced sales and increased pressures on our margins. In addition, severe adverse economic conditions may place a number of our convenience retail customers under financial stress, which could increase our credit risk and potential bad debt exposure. These economic and market conditions may have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Inflation/Deflation
Historically, we have benefited from manufacturer price increases, both as a result ofcandy inventory holding gains and our cost plus pricing structure. However, significant increases in cigarette product costs and cigarettecertain other items that significantly affect the comparability of gross profit.

The following tables reconcile net sales less excise taxes adversely impact ourto net sales and remaining gross profit as a percentage of sales, because we are paid on a cents per carton basis for cigarette sales. As a result, cigaretteto gross profit, percentages typically decline from marked increases in the underlying product costs or excise tax increases, regardless of the fact that absolute gross profit dollars on a cents per carton basis may have increased.  This is due to the disparity in the absolute dollars of the underlying product costs and excise taxtheir most comparable financial measures under U.S. GAAP (in millions) es(1) compared to the cents per carton that we make in gross profit.

41


Our food/non-food sales are generally priced based on the manufacturer's cost of the product plus a percentage markup. As a result, we generally benefit from food/non-food price increases. However, during periods of cost deflation or stagnation for these products our profit levels may be negatively impacted, even though our gross profit as a percentage of the price of goods sold may remain relatively constant. To the extent that we are unable to pass on product cost increases and underlying carrying costs to our customers, our profit margins and earnings could be negatively impacted.:
Inflation can also result in increases in LIFO expense, adversely impacting our gross profit percentage (seeNote 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements).
  2016 20152014
  Amounts Amounts Amounts
Net sales $14,529.4
 $11,069.4
 $10,280.1
Excise taxes (3,022.0) (2,211.7) (2,110.3)
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP) $11,507.4
 $8,857.7
 $8,169.8
       
Gross profit $736.9
 $637.9
 $573.7
Cigarette inventory holding gains (15.3) (10.1) (8.2)
Candy inventory holding gains 
 
 (6.0)
Cigarette tax stamp holding gains 
 (9.0) 
OTP tax refunds 
 (1.8) (8.5)
LIFO expense 13.2
 1.9
 16.3
Remaining gross profit (non-GAAP) $734.8
 $618.9
 $567.3
       
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 6.39% 6.99% 6.94%
Gross profit % 5.07% 5.76% 5.58%
Gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 6.40% 7.20% 7.02%

(1) Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.


 2016 2015 2014

 Amounts Amounts Amounts
Cigarettes:      
Net sales $10,335.7
 $7,528.5
 $6,942.0
Excise taxes (2,716.2) (1,977.5) (1,881.1)
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP) $7,619.5
 $5,551.0
 $5,060.9
       
Gross profit $220.0
 $180.5
 $155.4
Cigarette inventory holding gains (15.3) (10.1) (8.2)
Cigarette tax stamp holding gains 
 (9.0) 
LIFO expense 11.7
 11.0
 10.1
Remaining gross profit (non-GAAP) $216.4
 $172.4
 $157.3
       
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 2.84% 3.11% 3.11%
Gross profit % 2.13% 2.40% 2.24%
Gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 2.89% 3.25% 3.07%

(1) Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.




 2016 2015 2014

 Amounts Amounts Amounts
Food/Non-food:      
Net sales $4,193.7
 $3,540.9
 $3,338.1
Excise taxes (305.8) (234.2) (229.2)
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP) $3,887.9
 $3,306.7
 $3,108.9
       
Gross profit $516.9
 $457.4
 $418.3
OTP tax refunds 
 (1.8) (8.5)
Candy inventory holding gains 
 
 (6.0)
LIFO expense 1.5
 (9.1) 6.2
Remaining gross profit (non-GAAP) $518.4
 $446.5
 $410.0
       
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 13.33% 13.50% 13.19%
Gross profit % 12.33% 12.92% 12.53%
Gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 13.30% 13.83% 13.45%

(1) Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.

ITEM 7. A.7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Our most significant exposure to market risk comes from changes in short-term interest rates on our variable rate debt. Depending upon the borrowing option chosen, the interest charged is generally based upon the prime rate or LIBOR plus an applicable margin. If interest rates increased 1817 basis points (which approximates 10% of the weighted-average interest rate on our average borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2013)2016), our results of operations and cash flows would not be materially affected.
We are exposed to foreign currency risk, primarily through our operations in Canada which conduct business in Canadian dollars. We record gains and losses within our stockholders'stockholders’ equity due to the translation of the Canadian branches'branches’ financial statements into U.S. dollars. A 10% unfavorable change in the weighted average Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate for 20132016 would have negatively impactedreduced our net sales for 20132016 by 1.1%0.9% and would not have materially impacted our operating income. Additionally, we incur foreign currency transaction gains and losses related to the level of activity between the U.S. and Canada. In 2013,2016, we realized foreign currency transaction losses of $0.8$0.5 million. A 10% unfavorable change in the Canadian/U.S. dollar noon exchange rate on December 31, 20132016 would have had an immaterial impact on foreign currency transaction losses for 2013.We2016. We did not engage in hedging transactions during 2013, 2012,2016, 2015 or 2011.2014.




42


ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


 Page
(a) Financial Statements filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
  
1. Financial Statements 
  
A. Audited Financial Statements 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
2. Financial Statement Schedule




43


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.:
South San Francisco, California:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20132016 and 2012,2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders'stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013.2016. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 8(a)(2).15. We also have audited the Company'sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013,2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992)(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. As described in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at Pine State Convenience (“Pine State”), which was acquired on June 6, 2016 and whose financial statements constitute approximately 9% of total assets, approximately 4% of total revenue, and approximately 8% of income before income taxes of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at Pine State. The Company'sCompany’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management'sManagement’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule and an opinion on the Company'sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company'scompany’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company'scompany’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company'scompany’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 20132016 and 2012,2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013,2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of

December 31, 2013,2016, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992)(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
San Francisco, California
 
March 3, 20141, 2017

44


CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In millions, except share and per share data)
 

December 31, December 31,December 31,
2013 20122016 2015
Assets      
Current assets:      
Cash and cash equivalents$11.0
 $19.1
$26.4
 $12.5
Restricted cash12.1
 10.9
15.3
 8.5
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $9.4 and $10.9   
at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively (Note 4)235.4
 228.1
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $7.1 and $10.9   
at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively (Note 4)365.9
 272.7
Other receivables, net (Note 4)59.0
 53.8
106.5
 69.4
Inventories, net (Note 5)389.2
 366.4
596.6
 407.4
Deposits and prepayments (Note 4)53.0
 40.3
82.8
 65.0
Deferred income taxes (Note 10)5.4
 8.2
4.7
 1.8
Total current assets765.1
 726.8
1,198.2
 837.3
Property and equipment, net (Note 6)114.9
 114.7
194.7
 159.5
Goodwill (Note 7)22.9
 22.8
36.0
 22.9
Other intangible assets, net (Note 7)20.8
 21.4
41.5
 29.5
Other non-current assets, net (Note 4)33.1
 33.5
26.6
 28.1
Total assets$956.8
 $919.2
$1,497.0
 $1,077.3
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity      
Current liabilities:      
Accounts payable$109.3
 $94.4
$119.2
 $129.6
Book overdrafts (Note 2)22.9
 24.7
37.9
 29.2
Cigarette and tobacco taxes payable182.5
 165.6
259.8
 193.6
Accrued liabilities (Note 4)88.1
 79.5
131.8
 106.9
Deferred income taxes (Note 10)3.1
 3.4
0.1
 0.3
Total current liabilities405.9
 367.6
548.8
 459.6
Long-term debt (Note 8)57.6
 84.7
347.7
 60.4
Deferred income taxes (Note 10)13.4
 11.7
30.0
 18.6
Other long-term liabilities12.5
 12.1
11.5
 10.6
Claims liabilities, net (Note 2)28.2
 28.1
Claims liabilities (Note 2)26.8
 26.6
Pension liabilities (Note 11)5.2
 14.8
2.4
 7.5
Total liabilities522.8
 519.0
967.2
 583.3
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
 

 
Stockholders’ equity:   
Common stock, $0.01 par value (50,000,000 shares authorized, 12,807,015 and   
12,602,806 shares issued; 11,518,311 and 11,446,229 shares outstanding at   
December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)0.1
 0.1
Stockholders’ equity (Note 14):   
Common stock, $0.01 par value (100,000,000 shares authorized, 52,227,511 and   
51,953,354 shares issued; 46,152,958 and 46,116,670 shares outstanding at   
December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively)0.5
 0.5
Additional paid-in capital254.7
 249.2
275.5
 271.6
Treasury stock at cost (1,288,704 and 1,156,577 shares of common stock at   
December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)(44.6) (37.4)
Treasury stock at cost (6,074,553 and 5,836,684 shares of common stock at   
December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively)(70.7) (61.8)
Retained earnings229.5
 194.9
338.7
 300.0
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(5.7) (6.6)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 15)(14.2) (16.3)
Total stockholders’ equity434.0
 400.2
529.8
 494.0
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$956.8
 $919.2
$1,497.0
 $1,077.3

The accompanying notes are an integralintegral part of these consolidated financial statements.

45


CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In millions, except per share data)


Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
2013 2012 20112016 2015 2014
Net sales$9,767.6
 $8,892.4
 $8,114.9
$14,529.4
 $11,069.4
 $10,280.1
Cost of goods sold9,230.5
 8,415.6
 7,680.8
13,792.5
 10,431.5
 9,706.4
Gross profit537.1
 476.8
 434.1
736.9
 637.9
 573.7
Warehousing and distribution expenses297.1
 262.7
 234.6
431.2
 352.6
 318.4
Selling, general and administrative expenses168.3
 153.7
 150.8
210.3
 196.0
 184.4
Amortization of intangible assets2.7
 3.0
 3.0
5.3
 2.6
 2.6
Total operating expenses468.1
 419.4
 388.4
646.8
 551.2
 505.4
Income from operations69.0
 57.4
 45.7
90.1
 86.7
 68.3
Interest expense(2.7) (2.2) (2.4)(5.3) (2.5) (2.4)
Interest income0.5
 0.4
 0.4
0.2
 0.5
 0.6
Foreign currency transaction losses, net(0.8) (0.2) (0.5)
Foreign currency transaction gains (losses), net0.5
 (1.8) (0.1)
Income before income taxes66.0
 55.4
 43.2
85.5
 82.9
 66.4
Provision for income taxes (Note 10)(24.4) (21.5) (17.0)(31.3) (31.4) (23.7)
Net income$41.6
 $33.9
 $26.2
$54.2
 $51.5
 $42.7
          
Basic net income per common share (Note 12)$3.62
 $2.96
 $2.30
$1.17
 $1.12
 $0.93
Diluted net income per common share (Note 12)$3.58
 $2.91
 $2.23
$1.17
 $1.11
 $0.92
          
Basic weighted-average shares (Note 12)11.5
 11.5
 11.4
46.3
 46.2
 46.2
Diluted weighted-average shares (Note 12)11.6
 11.6
 11.7
46.5
 46.6
 46.6
     
Dividends declared and paid per common share$0.61
 $0.89
 $0.17

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


46


CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In millions)


Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
2013 2012 20112016 2015 2014
Net income$41.6
 $33.9
 $26.2
$54.2
 $51.5
 $42.7
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:          
Defined benefit plans adjustments (Note 15)2.4
 (2.9) (2.7)
Foreign currency translation adjustment (loss) gain(1.5) 0.4
 (0.3)
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax0.9
 (2.5) (3.0)
Defined benefit plan adjustments (Note 15)0.2
 0.2
 (2.9)
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)1.9
 (4.9) (3.0)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax2.1
 (4.7) (5.9)
Comprehensive income$42.5
 $31.4
 $23.2
$56.3
 $46.8
 $36.8

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

47


CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(In millions (1))
Common Stock Additional       Accumulated Other TotalCommon Stock Issued Additional Paid-in Treasury Stock Retained Accumulated Other Comprehensive Total Stockholders'
Issued Paid-In Treasury Stock Retained Comprehensive Stockholders'Shares Amount Capital Shares Amount Earnings (Loss) Income Equity
Shares Amount Capital Shares Amount Earnings Income (Loss) Equity
Balance, December 31, 201011.6
 $0.1
 $229.6
 (0.5) $(13.2) $147.3
 $(1.1) $362.7
Balance, December 31, 201351.2
 $0.5
 $254.3
 (5.2) $(44.6) $229.5
 $(5.7) $434.0
Net income
 
 
 
 
 26.2
 
 26.2

 
 
 
 
 42.7
 
 42.7
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 (3.0) (3.0)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 (5.9) (5.9)
Dividends declared
 
 
 
 
 (1.9) 
 (1.9)
 
 
 
 
 (10.8) 
 (10.8)
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 5.1
 
 
 
 
 5.1

 
 6.1
 
 
 
 
 6.1
Cash proceeds from exercise of                              
common stock options and warrants0.7
 
 5.4
 
 
 
 
 5.4
common stock options0.2
 
 2.1
 
 
 
 
 2.1
Excess tax deductions associated with                              
stock-based compensation
 
 1.7
 
 
 
 
 1.7

 
 2.8
 
 
 
 
 2.8
Issuance of stock based instruments, net               
of shares withheld for employee taxes0.1
 
 (1.7) 
 
 
 
 (1.7)
Issuance of stock based instruments, net of               
shares withheld for employee taxes0.2
 
 (1.7) 
 
 
 
 (1.7)
Repurchase of common stock
 
 
 (0.5) (19.0) 
 
 (19.0)
 
 
 (0.4) (8.0) 
 
 (8.0)
Balance, December 31, 201112.4
 0.1
 240.1
 (1.0) (32.2) 171.6
 (4.1) 375.5
Balance, December 31, 201451.6
 0.5
 263.6
 (5.6) (52.6) 261.4
 (11.6) 461.3
Net income
 
 
 
 
 51.5
 
 51.5
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 (4.7) (4.7)
Dividends declared
 
 
 
 
 (12.9) 
 (12.9)
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 8.7
 
 
 
 
 8.7
Cash proceeds from exercise of               
common stock options0.2
 
 0.4
 
 
 
 
 0.4
Excess tax deductions associated with               
stock-based compensation
 
 2.2
 
 
 
 
 2.2
Issuance of stock based instruments, net of               
shares withheld for employee taxes0.2
 
 (3.3) 
 
 
 
 (3.3)
Repurchase of common stock
 
 
 (0.2) (9.2) 
 
 (9.2)
Balance, December 31, 201552.0
 0.5
 271.6
 (5.8) (61.8) 300.0
 (16.3) 494.0
Net income
 
 
 
 
 33.9
 
 33.9

 
 
 
 
 54.2
 
 54.2
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 (2.5) (2.5)
 
 
 
 
 
 2.1
 2.1
Dividends declared
 
 
 
 
 (10.6) 
 (10.6)
 
 
 
 
 (15.5) 
 (15.5)
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 6.2
 
 
 
 
 6.2

 
 6.1
 
 
 
 
 6.1
Cash proceeds from exercise of                              
common stock options0.1
 
 3.8
 
 
 
 
 3.8
0.1
 
 0.3
 
 
 
 
 0.3
Excess tax deductions associated with                              
stock-based compensation
 
 1.1
 
 
 
 
 1.1

 
 2.9
 
 
 
 
 2.9
Issuance of stock based instruments, net               
of shares withheld for employee taxes0.1
 
 (2.0) 
 
 
 
 (2.0)
Issuance of stock based instruments, net of               
shares withheld for employee taxes0.1
 
 (5.4) 
 
 
 
 (5.4)
Repurchase of common stock  
 
 (0.1) (5.2) 
 
 (5.2)
 
 
 (0.2) (8.9) 
 
 (8.9)
Balance, December 31, 201212.6
 0.1
 249.2
 (1.1) (37.4) 194.9
 (6.6) 400.2
Net income
 
 
 
 
 41.6
 
 41.6
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 0.9
 0.9
Dividends declared
 
 
 
 
 (7.0) 
 (7.0)
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 4.6
 
 
 
 
 4.6
Cash proceeds from exercise of              
common stock options0.1
 
 2.4
 
 
 
 
 2.4
Excess tax deductions associated with              
stock-based compensation
 
 2.1
 
 
 
 
 2.1
Issuance of stock based instruments, net              
of shares withheld for employee taxes0.1
 
 (3.6) 
 
 
 
 (3.6)
Repurchase of common stock  
 
 (0.2) (7.2) 
 
 (7.2)
Balance, December 31, 201312.8
 $0.1
 $254.7
 (1.3) $(44.6) $229.5
 $(5.7) $434.0
Balance, December 31, 201652.2
 $0.5
 $275.5
 (6.0) $(70.7) $338.7
 $(14.2) $529.8

(1)Amounts have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

48


CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In millions)
Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
2013 2012 20112016 2015 2014
Cash flows from operating activities:          
Net income$41.6
 $33.9
 $26.2
$54.2
 $51.5
 $42.7
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:     
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:     
LIFO and inventory provisions8.7
 12.1
 18.2
13.2
 2.0
 16.0
Amortization of debt issuance costs0.4
 0.4
 0.5
0.5
 0.3
 0.3
Stock-based compensation expense4.6
 5.8
 5.5
6.1
 8.7
 6.1
Bad debt expense, net1.1
 2.0
 2.0
2.0
 1.3
 2.2
Depreciation and amortization27.2
 25.3
 22.4
42.9
 37.9
 32.0
Foreign currency transaction losses, net0.8
 0.2
 0.5
Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses, net(0.5) 1.8
 0.1
Deferred income taxes5.0
 0.9
 (2.0)8.4
 8.9
 (3.0)
Curtailment gain(0.9) 
 
Settlement charge1.3
 1.6
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
Accounts receivable, net(9.6) 7.1
 (20.0)(59.2) (28.1) (13.8)
Other receivables, net(5.6) (10.6) 1.9
(37.0) (8.9) (3.0)
Inventories, net(35.4) 5.3
 (78.0)(180.4) 1.5
 (50.6)
Deposits, prepayments and other non-current assets(18.6) 3.9
 (12.4)(19.9) (25.9) 5.7
Excess tax deductions associated with stock-based compensation(2.9) (2.2) (2.8)
Accounts payable16.0
 0.6
 30.0
(11.0) 4.0
 20.6
Cigarette and tobacco taxes payable19.9
 (10.3) 7.5
65.5
 13.8
 9.1
Pension, claims, accrued and other long-term liabilities3.9
 (5.4) 9.0
18.8
 9.0
 4.9
Net cash provided by operating activities59.1
 71.2
 11.3
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities(98.0) 77.2
 66.5
Cash flows from investing activities:          
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired(3.6) (34.0) (50.8)(88.4) (9.0) (1.0)
Change in restricted cash(2.0) 2.0
 (0.1)
Change of restricted cash(6.8) 4.5
 (0.9)
Additions to property and equipment, net(18.0) (28.4) (24.0)(54.3) (30.3) (53.9)
Capitalization of software(0.4) (0.2) (0.2)
Capitalization of software and related development costs(7.7) (8.7) (5.3)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
 0.3
 
Net cash used in investing activities(24.0) (60.6) (75.1)(157.2) (43.2) (61.1)
Cash flows from financing activities:          
Borrowings (repayments) under revolving credit facility, net(27.0) 11.3
 62.0
Borrowings under revolving credit facility1,638.7
 936.2
 488.3
Repayments under revolving credit facility(1,349.7) (945.1) (478.7)
Payments of financing costs(2.0) (0.4) 
Dividends paid(7.1) (10.3) (1.9)(15.5) (12.8) (10.7)
Payments of capital leases(1.0) 
 
(2.4) (2.3) (1.7)
Payments of financing costs(0.3) 
 (0.7)
Repurchases of common stock(7.2) (5.2) (19.0)(8.9) (9.2) (8.0)
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options and warrants2.4
 3.8
 5.4
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options0.3
 0.4
 2.1
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units(3.6) (2.0) (1.7)(5.4) (3.3) (1.7)
Excess tax deductions associated with stock-based compensation2.1
 1.1
 1.7
2.9
 2.2
 2.8
(Decrease) increase in book overdrafts(1.8) (4.8) 17.1
Book overdrafts, net8.7
 0.1
 6.2
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities(43.5) (6.1) 62.9
266.7
 (34.2) (1.4)
Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates0.3
 (0.6) 
2.4
 (1.7) (0.6)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(8.1) 3.9
 (0.9)
Change in cash and cash equivalents13.9
 (1.9) 3.4
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period19.1
 15.2
 16.1
12.5
 14.4
 11.0
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period$11.0
 $19.1
 $15.2
$26.4
 $12.5
 $14.4
Supplemental disclosures:          
Cash paid during the period for:          
Income taxes paid, net of refunds$19.5
 $11.7
 $11.8
Income taxes paid, net$20.9
 $26.8
 $22.0
Interest paid1.5
 1.6
 2.0
$3.7
 $1.3
 $1.1
Unpaid property and equipment purchases included in accrued liabilities$1.9
 $
 $
$2.9
 $5.1
 $1.4
Non-cash capital lease obligations incurred$1.2
 $11.4
 $0.4
$0.1
 $5.4
 $4.7
Non-cash indemnification holdback$
 $4.0
 $
Contingent consideration related to acquisition of business$
 $0.6
 $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

49


CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.Summary of Company Information
Business
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. and subsidiaries (referred to herein as “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company” or “Core-Mark”) is one of the largest marketers of fresh and broad-line supply solutions to the convenience retail industry in North America. We offerThe Company offers a full range of products, marketing programs and technology solutions to over 30,000approximately 43,000 customer locations in the United States (“U.S.”) and Canada. OurThe Company’s customers include traditional convenience stores, grocerydrug stores, druggrocery stores, liquor stores and other specialty and small format stores that carry convenience products. OurThe Company’s product offering includes cigarettes, other tobacco products ("OTP"), candy, snacks, fast food, groceries, fresh products, dairy, bread, beverages, general merchandise and health and beauty care products. We operateThe Company operates a network of 2830 distribution centers in the U.S. and Canada (excluding two distribution facilities we operateit operates as a third party logistics provider). Twenty-five of the Company’s distribution centers are located in the U.S. and five are located in Canada.

2.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include Core-Mark and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Certain prior year
On May 25, 2016, the Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s outstanding common stock, effected through a stock dividend. The additional shares were distributed on June 27, 2016 to stockholders of record at the close of business on June 9, 2016. All references made to share or per share amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and applicable disclosures have been reclassifiedretroactively adjusted to conformreflect this two-for-one stock split for all periods presented.
During 2016, the Company identified an error in the presentation of borrowings and repayments of the Company’s revolving credit facility in the previously issued consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company corrected the presentation of borrowings and repayments on the revolving credit facility to reflect them on a gross basis, rather than on a net basis, within the current year’s presentation.financing activities section of the consolidated statements of cash flows. The correction did not change previously reported total cash provided by (or used from) financing activities.
Use of Estimates
TheseThe preparation of financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. This(“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company considers the allowance for doubtful accounts, LIFO valuation,vendor rebates and promotional allowances, claims liabilities and insurance recoverables, valuation of goodwillpension assets and otherobligations, valuation of long-lived assets and goodwill, realizability of deferred income taxes and uncertain tax positions pension assets and obligations and self-insurance reserves to be those estimates which involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue at the point at which the product is delivered and title passes to the customer. The Company includes fees charged to customers for shipping and handling activities in net sales and the related costs in cost of goods sold. Revenues are reported net of customer incentives, discounts and returns, including an allowance for estimated returns. The allowance for sales returns is calculated based on the Company'sCompany’s returns experience, which has historically not been significant. The Company also earns management service fee revenue from operating third party distribution centers belonging to certain customers. These revenues represented less than 1% of the Company’s total net sales for 20132016, 20122015 and 20112014. Service fee revenue is recognized as earned on a monthly basis in accordance with the terms of the management service fee contracts and is included in net sales on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Customers Sales Incentives
The Company also provides sales allowances or discounts to its customers on a regular basis. These customers’ sales incentives are recorded as a reduction to net sales as the sales incentive is earned by the customer. Additionally, the Company may provide allowances for the customers' commitments to continue using Core-Mark as the supplier. These incentives are known

as racking allowances. These allowances may be paid at the inception of the contract or on a periodic basis. Allowances paid at the inception of the contract are deferred and amortized over the period of the distribution agreement as a reduction to sales.
Vendor Rebates and Promotional Allowances
Periodic payments from vendors in various forms including rebates, promotional allowances and volume discounts, are reflected in the carrying value of the related inventory when earned and in cost of goods sold when the related merchandise is sold. Up-front consideration received from vendors for purchase or other commitments is initially deferred and amortized ratably to cost of goods sold as the performance of the activities specified by the vendor is completed.
Cooperative marketing incentives received from vendors to fund specific programs first offset the costs of the program, and to the extent the consideration exceeds the costs relating to the program, the excess funds are recorded as reductions to cost of goods sold. These amounts are recorded in the period the related promotional or merchandising programs are provided. Certain vendor incentive promotions require the Company to make assumptions and judgments regarding, for example, the likelihood of achieving market share levels or attaining specified levels of purchases. Vendor incentives are at the discretion of the Company’s vendors and can fluctuate due to changes in vendor strategies and market requirements. Vendor rebates and promotional allowances earned totaled $221.2 million, $191.4 million and $162.8 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Excise Taxes
The Company is responsible for collecting and remitting state, local and provincial excise taxes on cigarette and other tobacco products. These excise taxes are a significant component of the Company’s net sales and cost of goods sold. In 2016, 2015 and 2014, approximately $3.0 billion, $2.2 billion and $2.1 billion, or 21%, 20% and 21% of the Company’s net sales, and approximately 22%, 21% and 22% of its cost of goods sold, respectively, represented excise taxes. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who, in turn, pass the tax on to the Company as part of the product cost. As a result, federal excise taxes are not a component of the Company’s excise taxes.
Stock-based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock unit ("RSU") awards, performance shares and stock options based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. For service based awards, the Company recognizes the expense using a straight-line method. For performance based awards, the Company recognizes the expense ratably based on the achievement of performance conditions.
Although the Company has not granted stock options since 2011, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option valuation model to determine the fair value of stock option awards (see Note 13 - Stock Incentive Plans). Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of stock option awards at the grant date requires considerable judgment, including estimating stock price volatility, expected life of share awards and forfeiture rates. The Company develops its estimates based on historical data and market information, which can change significantly over time.
Pension and Other Post-retirement Benefit Costs
Pension and other post-retirement benefit costs are estimated on the basis of annual valuations by an independent actuary. Adjustments arising from plan amendments, changes in assumptions, and experience gains and losses are amortized over the expected average remaining service life of the employee group. The Company offers certain plan participants the option to receive a lump sum payment in lieu of future annuity pension benefits. Acceptance of the lump sum payment by plan participants may result in the Company recognizing a settlement charge and an adjustment in the projected benefit plan obligation.
The Company recognizes an asset for the plan’s overfunded status or a liability for the plan’s underfunded status on its consolidated balance sheet as of the end of each fiscal year. The Company determines the plan’s funded status by measuring its assets and its obligations and recognizes changes in the funded status of its defined benefit post-retirement plan in the year in which the change occurred.
On September 14, 2016, the Board of Directors approved a motion to terminate the Company’s qualified defined-benefit pension plan. The Company expects its pension liabilities will be settled through either lump sum payments or purchased annuities by December 31, 2017 (see Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans).
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax

assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when the Company does not consider it more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized.
A tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. The Company has established an estimated liability for income tax exposures that arise and meet the criteria for accrual. The Company prepares and files tax returns based on its interpretation of tax laws and regulations and records estimates based on these judgments and interpretations. In the normal course of business, the Company’s tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax and interest assessments by these taxing authorities. Inherent uncertainties exist in estimates of tax contingencies due to changes in tax law resulting from legislation, regulation and/or as concluded through the various jurisdictions’ tax court systems. The Company classifies interest and penalties related to income taxes as income tax expense (see Note 10 - Income Taxes).
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period, excluding unvested RSUs and performance shares. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by weighted-average shares outstanding including common stock equivalents. Common stock equivalents include stock options, RSUs and performance based awards if the impact is dilutive, using the treasury stock method (see Note 12 - Earnings Per Share).
Cash, Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Book Overdrafts
Cash and cash equivalents include cash, money market funds and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Restricted cash represents funds collected and set aside in trust as required by one of the Canadian provincial taxing authorities to secure amounts payable for cigarette and tobacco excise taxes. The Company had book overdrafts of $37.9 million and $29.2 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Book overdrafts consist primarily of outstanding checks in excess of cash on hand in the corresponding bank accounts at the end of the period. The Company’s policy has been to fund these outstanding checks as they clear with cash held on deposit with other financial institutions or with borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable consists of trade receivables from customers. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable and determines the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and a review of specific customer accounts. Account balances are charged against the allowance when collection efforts have been exhausted and the receivable is deemed uncollectible (see Note 4 - Other Consolidated Balance Sheet Accounts Detail).
Other Receivables
Other receivables consist primarily of amounts due from vendors for promotional and other incentives, which are accrued as earned. The Company evaluates the collectability of amounts due from vendors and determines the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and a review of specific amounts outstanding (see Note 4 - Other Consolidated Balance Sheet Accounts Detail).
Inventories
Inventories consist of finished goods, including cigarettes and other tobacco products, food and other consumable products held for re-sale and are valued at the lower of cost or market. In the Company’s U.S. divisions, cost is determined primarily on a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis. The Company uses the link-chain dollar value LIFO method. The inventory price index computation ("IPIC") is used to calculate LIFO inflation indices for which the LIFO inflation source is the producer price indices ("PPI") published by the US Bureau of Labor Statistics ("BLS"). The Company uses the IPIC pooling method for which LIFO pools are established for each PPI in accordance with current regulations.  When the Company is aware of material price increases or decreases from manufacturers, the Company estimates the PPI for the respective period if it determines the price increase is not fully reflected in the PPI in order to more accurately reflect inflation rates. Under the LIFO method, current costs of goods sold are matched against current sales. Inventories in the Company’s Canadian divisions are valued on a first-in, first-out ("FIFO") basis, as LIFO is not a permitted inventory valuation method in Canada. Approximately 82% and 88% of the Company’s inventory was valued on a LIFO basis at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company reduces inventory value for spoiled, aged and unrecoverable inventory based on amounts on-hand and historical experience (see Note 5 - Inventories, Net).



Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization on new purchases are computed using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the property or the term of the lease including available renewal option terms if it is reasonably assured that those options will be exercised. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation of the assets are removed and any related gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred (see Note 6 - Property and Equipment, Net).
The Company uses the following depreciable lives for its property and equipment:
Useful Life in Years
Office furniture and equipment3-10
Delivery equipment4-10
Warehouse equipment5-15
Leasehold improvements3-25
Buildings15-25
Other Long-lived Assets
Intangible assets with definite lives are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over the following lives:
Useful Life in Years
Customer relationships10-15
Non-competition agreements1-5
Trade names1-2
Internally developed and other purchased software3-7
The Company reviews its long-lived assets for indicators of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. An impairment of long-lived assets exists when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset, or asset group, exceeds its fair value, and impairment losses are recorded when the carrying amount of the impaired asset is not recoverable. Recoverability is determined by comparing the carrying amount of the asset (or asset group) to the undiscounted cash flows which are expected to be generated from its use. The Company has determined that it has five asset groupings based on a review of its assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. During 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not record impairment charges related to long-lived assets (see Note 6 - Property and Equipment, Net and Note 7 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net).
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized.
The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually as of October 1 or whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. The Company’s reporting units are its U.S. operations and Canadian operations. Whenever events or circumstances change, the Company assesses the related qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The tests to evaluate goodwill for impairment are performed at the reporting unit level. In the first step of the quantitative impairment test, the Company compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company performs a second step to determine the implied fair value of goodwill associated with the reporting unit. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, such excess represents the amount of goodwill for which an impairment loss would be recorded. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit is based on the discounted cash flow method, which is based on historical and forecasted amounts specific to each reporting unit and considers net sales, gross profit, income from operations and cash flows and general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business and operational strategies and other estimates and assumptions for future growth rates, working capital and capital expenditures. The Company bases its fair

value estimates on assumptions it believes to be reasonable at the time, but such assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainty. Measuring the fair value of reporting units constitutes a Level 3 measurement under the fair value hierarchy. There has been no impairment of goodwill for any periods presented (see Note 7 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net).
Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use
The Company accounts for computer software systems, namely SAP Enterprise Resource Planning modules, the Company's proprietary Distribution Center Management System (“DCMS”), and software purchased from third-party vendors, using certain criteria under which costs associated with this software are either expensed or capitalized and amortized over periods from three to seven years. During 2016, 2015 and 2014 the Company capitalized approximately $7.2 million, $9.5 million and $4.4 million, respectively, of costs related to software developed or obtained for internal use (see Note 7 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net).
Debt Issuance Costs
Debt issuance costs related to the Company's revolving credit facility ("Credit Facility") are deferred and amortized as interest expense over the term of the related debt agreement on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method. Debt issuance costs are included in deposits and prepayments and other non-current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Total unamortized debt issuance costs were $2.3 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively (see Note 8 - Long-term Debt).
Claims Liabilities and Insurance Recoverables
The Company maintains reserves related to health and welfare, workers’ compensation, auto and general liability programs that are principally self-insured. The Company currently has a per-claim deductible of $500,000 for its workers’ compensation, general and auto liability self-insurance programs and a per-person annual claim deductible of $250,000 for its health and welfare program. The Company purchases insurance to cover the claims that exceed the deductible up to policy limits. Self-insured reserves are for pending or future claims that fall outside the policy and reserves include an estimate of expected settlements on pending claims and a provision for claims incurred but not reported. Estimates for workers’ compensation, auto and general liability insurance are based on the Company’s assessment of potential liability using an annual actuarial analysis of available information with respect to pending claims, historical experience and current cost trends. Reserves for claims under these programs are included in accrued liabilities (current portion) and claims liabilities, net of current portion on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Claims liabilities and the related recoverables from insurance carriers for estimated claims in excess of the deductible and other insured events are presented in their gross amounts on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets because there is no right of offset. The carrying values of claims liabilities and insurance recoverables are not discounted. Insurance recoverables are included in other receivables, net and other non-current assets, net. The Company had gross liabilities for health and welfare, workers’ compensation, auto and general liability self-insurance obligations in the amounts of $26.8 million long-term and $13.4 million short-term at December 31, 2016, and $26.6 million long-term and $11.9 million short-term at December 31, 2015. The Company’s liabilities net of insurance recoverables were $13.9 million long-term and $11.3 million short-term at December 31, 2016, and $12.2 million long-term and $10.4 million short-term at December 31, 2015.
Foreign Currency Translation
The operating assets and liabilities of the Company’s Canadian operations, whose functional currency is the Canadian dollar, are translated to U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at period-end. Translation gains and losses are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income ("AOCI") as a component of stockholders’ equity. Revenue and expenses from Canadian operations are translated using the monthly average exchange rates in effect during the period in which the transactions occur. The Company also recognizes gains or losses on foreign currency exchange transactions between its Canadian and U.S. operations, net of applicable income taxes, in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company currently does not hedge our Canadian foreign currency cash flow.
Total Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of net income and other transactions recorded directly to stockholders’ equity that are excluded from net income. Other comprehensive income is comprised of defined benefit plan adjustments and foreign currency translation adjustments related to the Company’s foreign operations in Canada, whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar (see Note 15 - Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)).
Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. The carrying amount of cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade accounts receivable, other receivables, trade accounts payable, cigarette and tobacco taxes payable and other accrued liabilities approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these financial instruments. The carrying amount of the Company’s variable rate debt approximates fair value.
The Company calculates the fair value of certain assets related to acquisitions and cash based pension plan assets using assumptions that market participants would use in pricing these assets (see Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans). The Company uses a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value and gives precedence to observable inputs in determining fair value. An instrument’s level within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any significant input to the fair value measurement. The following levels were established for each input:
Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 - Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which reflect the Company’s own assumptions about what market participants would assume when pricing the asset or liability.
Business Combinations
The Company accounts for all business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Under this method of accounting, the Companywhich allocates the fair value of the purchase consideration to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. When determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, management makes significant estimates and assumptions. Management may further adjust the acquisition date fair values for a period of up to one year from the date of acquisition. Acquisition related expenses and transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred.
Vendor Rebates and Promotional Allowances
Periodic payments from vendors in various forms including rebates, promotional allowances and volume discounts are reflected in the carrying value of the related inventory when earned and as cost of goods sold as the related merchandise is sold. Up-front consideration received from vendors linked to purchase or other commitments is initially deferred and amortized ratably to cost of goods sold or as the performance of the activities specified by the vendor to earn the fee is completed. Cooperative marketing incentives from suppliers are recorded as reductions to cost of goods sold to the extent the vendor considerations exceed the costs relating to the programs. These amounts are recorded in the period the related promotional or merchandising programs

50


are provided. Certain vendor incentive promotions require the Company to make assumptions and judgments regarding, for example, the likelihood of achieving market share levels or attaining specified levels of purchases. Vendor incentives are at the discretion of the Company’s vendors and can fluctuate due to changes in vendor strategies and market requirements. Vendor rebates and promotional allowances earned totaled incurred ($149.8 million, $128.0 million and $108.3 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Customers' Sales Incentives
The Company also provides sales allowances or discounts to its customers on a regular basis. These customers' sales incentives are recorded as a reduction to net sales as the sales incentive is earned by the customer. Additionally, the Company may provide racking allowances for the customer's commitment to continue using Core-Mark as the supplier of their products. These allowances may be paid at the inception of the contract or on a periodic basis. Allowances paid at the inception of the contract are capitalized and amortized over the period of the distribution agreement as a reduction to sales.
Excise Taxes
The Company is responsible for collecting and remitting state, local and provincial excise taxes on cigarette and other tobacco products. As such, these excise taxes are a significant component of the Company's net sales and cost of sales. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, approximately 21%, 22% and 24% of the Company's net sales, and approximately 22%, 24% and 25% of its cost of goods sold, respectively, represented excise taxes. Federal excise taxes are levied on product manufacturers who, in turn, pass the tax on to the Company as part of the product cost. As a result, federal excise taxes are not a component of the Company’s excise taxes.
Foreign Currency Translation
The operating assets and liabilities of the Company’s Canadian operations, whose functional currency is the Canadian dollar, are translated to U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at period-end. Adjustments resulting from such translation are presented as foreign currency translation adjustments, net of applicable income taxes, and are included in other comprehensive income. The statements of operations, including income and expenses, of the Company’s Canadian operations are translated to U.S. dollars at average exchange rates for the period for financial reporting purposes. The Company also recognizes gains or losses on foreign currency exchange transactions between its Canadian and U.S. operations, net of applicable income taxes, in the consolidated statements of operations.
Cash, Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Book Overdrafts
Cash and cash equivalents include cash, money market funds and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Restricted cash represents funds collected and set aside in trust as required by one of the Canadian provincial taxing authorities. .The Company had cash book overdrafts of $22.9 million and $24.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Book overdrafts consist primarily of outstanding checks in excess of cash on hand in the corresponding bank accounts at the end of the period. The Company’s policy has been to fund these outstanding checks as they clear with cash held on deposit with other financial institutions or with borrowings under the Company's line of credit.
Fair Value Measurements
The carrying amount of cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade accounts receivable, other receivables, trade accounts payable, cigarette and tobacco taxes payable and other accrued liabilities approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these financial instruments. The carrying amount of the Company’s variable rate debt approximates fair value.
The Company calculates the fair value of its pension plan assets based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets. The Company uses a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value and give precedence to observable inputs in determining fair value. An instrument's level within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any significant input to the fair value measurement. The following levels were established for each input:
Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Levelsee Note 3 - Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which reflect the Company's own assumptions about what market participants would assume when pricing the asset or liability. (See Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans.Acquisition).


51


Risks and Concentrations
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash investments, accounts receivable and other receivables. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents in short-term instruments with high quality financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure in any one financial instrument. The Company pursues amounts and incentives due from vendors in the normal course of business and areis often allowed to deduct these amounts and incentives from payments made to vendors.
A credit review is completed for new customers and ongoing credit evaluations of each customer'scustomer’s financial condition are performed periodically, with reserves maintained for potential credit losses. Credit limits given to customers are based on a risk assessment of their ability to pay and other factors. Accounts receivable are typically not collateralized, but the Company may require prepayments or other guarantees whenever deemed necessary.
Murphy U.S.A., who the Company began servicing in 2016, is the Company's largest customer and accounted for 12.0% of total net sales in 2016. Alimentation Couche-Tard, Inc. (“Couche-Tard”), the Company’s second largest customer, accounted for 14.7%11.4%, 14.2% and 13.7%14.5% of total net sales in 20132016, 2015 and 20122014, respectively. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of total net sales in 2011. In addition, no single customer accounted for 10% or more of accounts receivablesreceivable at December 31, 20132016 and 20122015.

The Company has two significant suppliers: Philip Morris USA, Inc. and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company.Company. Product purchases from Philip Morris USA, Inc. accounted for approximately 28%35%, 27%29% and 27% and28% of total product purchases in 20132016, 20122015 and 20112014, respectively. Product purchases from R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company were approximately 14%23%, 17% and 14% of total product purchases in each of 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011.2014, respectively.
Cigarette sales represented approximately71.1%, 68.0%, 69.0% and 70.4%67.5% of net sales in 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively, and contributed approximately 30.0%29.9%, 31.7%28.3% and 31.7%27.1% of gross profit in 20132016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in cigarette sales as a percentage of total net sales and gross profit was due primarily to market share gains in 2016, including the addition of Murphy U.S.A., 2012 and 2011, respectively.which has a higher sales mix of tobacco products compared to the rest of our business. Although cigarettes represent a significant portion of the Company’s total net sales, the majority of its gross profit is generated from food/non-food products.
Recent Accounting Standards or Updates Not Yet Effective
On May 28, 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09 (ASU 2014-09), Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606 (“ASU 2014-09”), to supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those
Accounts Receivable
goods or services. This standard is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2018. The Company's preliminary assessment supports that financial statement impacts may include: capitalization of successful contract costs, recognition of contract assets and liabilities for certain contracts that are performed but not completed, and the timing of recognition of variable consideration received from vendors and paid to customers. The Company expects to finalize its assessment and approach to adopting ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated financial statements by June 30, 2017.
On November 20, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No.2015-17, Income Taxes: Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes: Topic 740 (“ASU 2015-17”).The new guidance requires entities with a classified balance sheet to present all deferred tax assets and liabilities as non-current. ASU 2015-17 requires eitherprospective or retrospective application and is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The adoption of ASU 2015-17 will not have amaterial impact on the presentation of its consolidated financial statements.
On February 25, 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”), which supersedes existing lease guidance. The new guidance increases transparency by requiring lessees to recognize right-of-use assets and corresponding lease liabilities on the balance sheet. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, although early adoption is permitted. The Company believes the new standard will have a material impact on its consolidated balance sheets. The Company is currently quantifying the impact and evaluating its approach to adopting ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements.
On March 30, 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”). The new guidance simplifies several aspects of how companies account for share-based compensation, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification in the statements of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. ASU 2016-09 will result in the Company recognizing excess tax benefits or deficiencies in net income instead of being capitalized as additional paid-in capital. We expect such impact to be approximately $1.6 million in 2017.
On June 16, 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). The new guidance replaces the current incurred loss impairment approach with a methodology that incorporates all expected credit loss estimates, resulting in more timely recognition of losses. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, although early adoption is permitted. The Company has determined the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
On August 26, 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”). The new guidance addresses eight specific cash flow presentation and classification issues in the statement of cash flows to reduce existing diversity in practice. ASU 2016-15 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, although early adoption is permitted. The Company has determined the adoption of ASU 2016-15 will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
On November 17, 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash ("ASU 2016-18"). The new guidance requires the Statements of Cash Flows to reconcile the changes in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash. As a result, transfers between cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents will no longer be presented in the Statement of Cash Flows. ASU 2016-18 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, although early adoption is permitted. As a result of this pronouncement, the Company expects that it will combine its movements of restricted cash, with those of non-restricted cash and cash equivalents, as reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. 
On January 26, 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”).  The new guidance simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test.  ASU 2017-04 requires goodwill impairment to be measured as the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of its goodwill.  ASU 2017-04 requires prospective application and is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019.  The Company has determined the adoption of ASU 2017-04 will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
3.    Acquisition

Acquisition of Pine State Convenience
On June 6, 2016, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Pine State Convenience ("Pine State"), a division of Pine State Trading Company, located in Gardiner, Maine. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805 - Business Combinations. The acquisition increased the Company’s market presence primarily in the Northeastern U.S. and further enhanced the Company’s ability to cost effectively service national and regional retailers. The total

purchase consideration was $88.4 million which was paid at closing and funded through borrowings under the Company's revolving credit facility.
The following table presents the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their fair values and purchase consideration (in millions):
 June 6, 2016
Accounts receivable$35.5
Inventories21.2
Deposits and prepayments, and other0.9
Property and equipment10.3
Goodwill13.1
Other intangible assets10.2
Less: Accrued liabilities, and other(2.8)
   Total consideration$88.4
The Company determined the estimated fair values of intangible assets acquired with the assistance of independent valuation consultants. The Company finalized its valuation of its beginning goodwill and intangible assets during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2016. Based on the valuation, intangible assets acquired include the following (in millions):
 Fair Value Useful Life in Years
Customer relationships$7.2
 12
Non-competition agreements1.9
 5
Trade names1.0
 2
Favorable lease terms0.1
 2
   Total intangible assets$10.2
  
The results of Pine State operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. The Company incurred $2.2 million of acquisition-related costs, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company did not consider the Pine State acquisition to be a material business combination and therefore has not disclosed pro-forma results of operations for the acquired business. Simultaneously with the closing of the acquisition, the Company entered into two operating lease arrangements with certain former owners of Pine State. One operating lease bears a fifteen year term for a facility in Maine and the second operating lease bears a two year term for a facility in Vermont.
Acquisition of Karrys Bros., Limited.
On February 23, 2015, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Karrys Bros., Limited (“Karrys Bros.”), a regional convenience wholesaler servicing customers in Ontario, Canada, and the surrounding provinces, for cash consideration of approximately $8.0 million, or $10.0 million (Canadian dollars). Transaction and integration costs in connection with the acquisition of Karrys Bros. were approximately $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Karrys Bros. operations have been integrated into the Company’s existing distribution center in Toronto and have provided the Company with the opportunity to increase its market share in eastern Canada. The results of operations of Karrys Bros. have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income since the date of acquisition. The Company did not consider the Karrys Bros. acquisition to be a material business combination and therefore has not disclosed pro-forma results of operations for the acquired business.


4.Other Consolidated Balance Sheet Accounts Detail
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable consists of trade receivables from customers. The Company evaluateschanges in the collectability of accounts receivable and determines the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and a review of specific customer accounts. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when collection efforts have been exhausted and the receivable is deemed worthless (see Note 4 - Other Consolidated Balance Sheet Accounts Detail).
Other Receivables
Other receivables consist primarily of amounts due from vendors for promotional and other incentives, which are accrued as earned.customers consist of the following (in millions):
 Year Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Balance, beginning of year$10.9
 $10.8
 $9.4
Net additions charged to operations (1)
2.0
 1.3
 2.2
Less: Write-offs and adjustments(5.8) (1.2) (0.8)
Balance, end of year$7.1
 $10.9
 $10.8

(1) The Company evaluatesnet additions to the collectability of amounts due from vendors and determines the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experiencewere recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of the Company’s selling, general and on a reviewadministrative expenses.
Other Receivables, Net
Other receivables, net consist of specificthe following (in millions):
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Vendor receivables, net$90.6
 $59.0
Insurance recoverables, current2.1
 1.5
Other miscellaneous receivables (1)
13.8
 8.9
Total other receivables, net$106.5
 $69.4

(1) Other miscellaneous receivables include amounts outstanding.related primarily to notes receivables, miscellaneous tax receivables, receivables from the Company’s third party logistics customers, and other miscellaneous receivables.
Deposits and Prepayments
Deposits and prepayments consist of the following (in millions):     
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Vendor prepayments$44.7
 $34.1
Deposits (1)
8.5
 4.7
Prepaid taxes10.5
 10.6
Racking allowances, current5.7
 6.4
Other prepayments (2)
13.4
 9.2
Total deposits and prepayments$82.8
 $65.0

(1) Deposits include amounts related primarily to cigarette stamps and workers’ compensation claims.
(2) Other prepayments include prepayments relating to insurance policies, software licenses, rent and other miscellaneous prepayments.

Other Non-current Assets, Net
Other non-current assets, net of current portion, consist of the following (in millions):
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Insurance recoverables$12.9
 $14.4
Debt issuance costs1.6
 0.9
Insurance deposits3.4
 2.9
Racking allowances, net5.0
 6.5
Other assets3.7
 3.4
Total other non-current assets, net$26.6
 $28.1
Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in millions):
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Accrued payroll, retirement and other benefits (1)
$35.7
 $29.9
Claims liabilities, current13.4
 11.9
Accrued customer incentives payable40.1
 20.3
Indirect taxes6.2
 7.3
Vendor advances10.9
 11.0
Other accrued expenses (2)
25.5
 26.5
Total accrued liabilities$131.8
 $106.9

(1) The Company’s accrued payroll, retirement and other benefits include accruals for vacation, bonuses, wages, 401(k) benefit matching and the current portion of pension and post-retirement benefit obligations.
(2) The Company’s other accrued expenses include accruals for goods and services, lease liabilities, construction in process, legal expenses, and other miscellaneous accruals.
5.    Inventories, Net
Inventories consist of finished goods, including cigarettes and other tobacco products, food and other products and related consumable products held for re-sale, and are valued at the lower of cost or market. In the U.S., cost is determined primarily on a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis using producer price indices as determined by the Department of Labor, adjusted based on more current information, if necessary. When the Company is aware of material price increases or decreases from manufacturers, the Company estimates the producer price index for the respective period in order to more accurately reflect inflation rates. Under the LIFO method, current costs of goods sold are matched against current sales. Inventories in Canada are valued on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis, as LIFO is not a permitted inventory valuation method in Canada. Approximately following (in millions):86% and 87% of the Company's inventory was valued on a LIFO basis at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Inventories at FIFO, net of reserves$727.0
 $524.6
Less: LIFO reserve(130.4) (117.2)
Total inventories at LIFO, net of reserves$596.6
 $407.4

During periods of rising prices, the LIFO method of costing inventories generally results in higher current cost of salescosts being charged against income while lower costs are retained in inventories. Conversely, during periods of decreasing prices, the LIFO method of costing inventories generally results in lower current costs being charged against income and higher stated inventories. Liquidations of inventory may also resultIf the FIFO method had been used for valuing inventories in the sale of low-cost inventoryU.S., inventories would have been approximately $130.4 million and a decrease of cost of goods sold.$117.2 million higher at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company reducesrecorded LIFO expense of $13.2 million, $1.9 million and $16.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company had a decrement in certain of its LIFO inventory value for spoiled, agedlayers of $4.8 million and unrecoverable inventory based on amounts on-hand$12.2 million in 2016 and historical experience.2015, respectively, which had the effect of reducing its LIFO expense by $0.6 million in 2016 and $0.7 million in 2015.

6.    Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment are recorded at cost, netconsist of accumulated depreciationthe following (in millions):
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Delivery, warehouse and office equipment (1)
$280.4
 $235.3
Leasehold improvements68.6
 54.4
Land and buildings (2)
32.0
 28.9
Construction in progress3.0
 0.8
 384.0
 319.4
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization(189.3) (159.9)
Total property and equipment, net$194.7
 $159.5

(1) Includes equipment capital leases of $13.5 million for 2016 and amortization. $13.4 million for 2015.
(2) Includes $4.8 million for a capital lease related to a warehouse facility in both 2016 and 2015.
Depreciation and amortization on new purchases are computed using the straight-line method over the assets' estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the property or the term of the lease including available renewal option terms if it is reasonably assured that those options will be exercised. Upon retirement or sale,

52


the cost andexpenses related accumulated depreciation of the assets are removed and any related gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
The Company uses the following depreciable lives for its property and equipment:equipment were $28.9 million, $26.0 million and $21.5 million for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Useful Life
in Years
Office furniture and equipment3 to 10
Delivery equipment4 to 10
Warehouse equipment5 to 15
Leasehold improvements3 to 25
Buildings15 to 25
Impairment of Long-lived7.    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,
The Company reviews its intangible and other long-lived assets for potential impairment at least quarterly. Long-lived and other intangible assets may also be tested for impairment when events and circumstances exist that indicate the carrying amounts of those assets may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets consist primarily of land, buildings, furniture, fixtures and equipment, leasehold improvements and other intangible assets. An impairment of long-lived assets exists when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset, or asset group, exceeds its fair value, and impairment losses are recorded when the carrying amount of the impaired asset is not recoverable. Recoverability is determined by comparing the carrying amount of the asset (or asset group) to the undiscounted cash flows which are expected to be generated from its use. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less the cost to sell such assets. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company did not record impairment charges related to long-lived and other intangible assets or assets identified for abandonment as a result of facility closures or facility relocation. Net
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase consideration of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acertain business combination. Goodwill is not subject to amortization but must be evaluated for impairment.combinations. The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually or whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. Each quarter, or whenever events or circumstances change, the Company assesses the related qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The tests to evaluate goodwill for impairment are performed at the operating division level. In the first step of the quantitative impairment test, the Company compares the fair value of the operating division to its carrying value. If the fair value of the operating division is less than its carrying value, the Company performs a second step to determine the implied fair value of goodwill associated with the division. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, such excess represents the amount of goodwill impairment for which an impairment loss would be recorded. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit involves the use of significant estimatesduring 2016 and assumptions. The estimated fair value of each operating division is based on the discounted cash flow method, which is based on historical and forecasted amounts specific to each reporting unit and considers sales, gross profit, operating profit and cash flows and general economic and market conditions,2015 were as well as the impact of planned business and operational strategies and other estimates and assumptions for future growth rates, working capital and capital expenditures. The Company bases its fair value estimates on assumptions it believes to be reasonable at the time, but such assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainty. Measuring the fair value of reporting units would constitute a Level 3 measurement under the fair value hierarchy (see Note 7 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets).follows (in millions):
The Company has historically performed its annual impairment testing of goodwill on November 30 of each year.  In 2013, the Company changed the annual impairment testing date from November 30to October 1.  The Company believes this change, which represents a change in the method of applying an accounting principle, is preferable in the circumstances as it provides additional time for the Company to quantify the fair value of its operating divisions and meet reporting requirements. The change in the annual goodwill impairment testing date is not intended to nor does it delay, accelerate, or avoid an impairment charge. The Company determined that it was impracticable to objectively determine projected cash flows and related valuation estimates that would have been used as of each October 1 for periods prior to October 1, 2013 without the use of hindsight. As such, the Company has prospectively applied the change in the annual impairment testing date from October 1, 2013.
 Year Ended December 31,
 2016 2015
Goodwill, beginning of year$22.9
 $22.9
Pine State acquisition13.1
 
Goodwill, end of year$36.0
 $22.9
The Company did not record any impairment charges related to goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2013, 20122016 and 2011.
Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use
The Company accounts for proprietary computer software systems, namely its Distribution Center Management System (“DCMS”), and software purchased from third-party vendors, using certain criteria under which costs associated with this software

53


are either expensed or capitalized and amortized over periods from three to eight years. During 2013 and 2012 the Company capitalized approximately $2.0 million and $0.2 million of costs related to software developed or obtained for internal use.
Debt Issuance Costs2015.
Debt issuance costs are deferred and are amortized as interest expense over the term of the related debt agreement on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method. Debt issuance costs, net of current portion, are included in other non-current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Total unamortized debt issuance costs were $1.4 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Claims Liabilities and Insurance Recoverables
The Company maintains reserves related to health and welfare, workers' compensation, auto and general liability programs that are principally self-insured. The Company currently has a per-claim deductible of $500,000 for its workers' compensation, general and auto liability self-insurance programs and a per person annual claim deductible of $200,000 for its health and welfare program. The Company purchases insurance to cover the claims that exceed the deductible up to policy limits. Self-insured reserves are for pending or future claims that fall outside the policy and reserves include an estimate of expected settlements on pending claims and a provision for claims incurred but not reported. Estimates for workers' compensation, auto and general liability insurance are based on the Company’s assessment of potential liability using an annual actuarial analysis of available information with respect to pending claims, historical experience and current cost trends. Reserves for claims under these programs are included in accrued liabilities (current portion) and claims liabilities, net of current portion.
Claims liabilities and the related recoverables from insurance carriers for estimated claims in excess of the deductible and other insured events are presented in their gross amounts on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets because there is no right of offset. The carrying values of claims liabilities and insurance recoverables are not discounted. Insurance recoverables are included in other receivables, net and other non-current assets, net. The Company had gross liabilities for health and welfare, workers' compensation, auto and general liability self-insurance obligations in the amounts of $28.2 million long-term and $12.9 million short-term at December 31, 2013, and $28.1 million long-term and $8.5 million short-term at December 31, 2012. The Company’s liabilities net of insurance recoverables were $11.0 million long-term and $7.6 million short-term at December 31, 2013, and $10.5 million long-term and $6.4 million short-term at December 31, 2012.
Pension Costs and Other Post-retirement Benefit Costs
Pension costs and other post-retirement benefit costs charged to operations are estimated on the basis of annual valuations by an independent actuary. Adjustments arising from plan amendments, changes in assumptions and experience gains and losses are amortized over the expected average remaining service life of the employee group. Plan changes that materially reducethe expected years of future services of current employees or eliminates for a significant number of employees the accrual of defined benefits for some or all of their future services, result in curtailment gains. A curtailment gain first reduces any net loss previously included in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), and to the extent that such a gain exceeds any net loss included in AOCI, it is recorded as a curtailment gain in our consolidated statement of operations.
The Company recognizes an asset for a plan's overfunded status or a liability for a plan's underfunded status on its consolidated balance sheet as of the end of each fiscal year. The Company determines the plan's funded status by measuring its assets and its obligations and recognizes changes in the funded status of its defined benefit post-retirement plan in the year in which the change occurred (see Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans).
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when the Company does not consider it more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized.
A tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. The Company has established an estimated liability for income tax exposures that arise and meet the criteria for accrual. The Company prepares and files tax returns based on its interpretation of tax laws and regulations and records estimates based on these judgments and interpretations. In the normal course of business, the Company's tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax and interest assessments by these taxing authorities. Inherent uncertainties exist in estimates of tax contingencies due to changes in tax law resulting from legislation, regulation and/or as

54


concluded through the various jurisdictions' tax court systems. The Company classifies interest and penalties related to income taxes as income tax expense (see Note 10 - Income Taxes).
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock unit awards, performance shares and stock options by estimating the fair values of awards at their grant dates and recognizes these amounts as expense using a straight-line method for awards with vesting based on service and ratably for awards based on performance conditions. The fair value of restricted stock unit awards and performance shares earned is based upon the Company’s stock price on the grant date.
For stock option awards, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option valuation model to determine the fair value (see Note 13 - Stock-Based Compensation Plans). Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of stock option awards at the grant date requires considerable judgment, including estimating stock price volatility, expected life of share awards and forfeiture rates. The Company develops its estimates based on historical data and market information, which can change significantly over time.
Total Comprehensive Income
Total comprehensive income consists of two components: net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income refers to transactions and adjustments that under generally accepted accounting principles are recorded directly as an element of stockholders' equity, but are excluded from net income. Other comprehensive income is comprised of defined benefit plan adjustments and foreign currency translation adjustments related to the Company’s foreign operations in Canada, whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar (see Note 15 - Other Comprehensive Income/Loss).
Segment Information
The Company reports its segment information using established standards for reporting by public enterprises on information about product lines, geographical areas and major customers. The method of determining what information to report is based on the way the Company is organized for operational decisions and assessment of the aggregate financial performance. From the perspective of the Company’s chief operating decision maker, the Company is engaged primarily in the business of distributing packaged consumer products to convenience retail stores in the U.S. and Canada (collectively "North America"). Therefore, the Company has determined that it has one reportable segment and operates its business in two geographical areas -- U.S. and Canada. The Company presents its segment reporting information based on business operations for each of the two geographic areas in which it operates and also by major product category (see Note 16 - Segment and Geographic Information).
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period, excluding unvested restricted stock units and performance shares. Diluted earnings per share assumes the exercise of stock options and common stock warrants, the impact of restricted stock units and performance shares, when dilutive, using the treasury stock method (see Note 12 - Earnings Per Share).
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
On July 18, 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board  issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists, which requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss (NOL) carryforward, or similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward, rather than as a liability when (1) the uncertain tax position would reduce the NOL or other carryforward under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction and (2) the entity intends to use the deferred tax asset for that purpose. This accounting standard update will be effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2014 and applied prospectively with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe that its adoption of this accounting standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
3.    Acquisitions
Acquisition of J.T. Davenport & Sons, Inc.
On December 17, 2012, the Company acquired J.T. Davenport & Sons, Inc. (“Davenport”), a convenience wholesaler based in North Carolina, which is now a subsidiary of Core-Mark. Davenport services customers in the eight states of North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Maryland, Ohio, Kentucky, West Virginia and Virginia. This acquisition increased the Company’s market presence primarily in the Southeastern U.S. and further enhanced the Company's ability to cost effectively service national and regional retailers.

55


Total purchase consideration to acquire Davenport was approximately $41.2 million, of which $34.3 million was paid at closing. The total purchase consideration increased by $2.3 million in 2013 resulting from certain post-closing purchase price adjustments. The acquisition was funded with a combination of cash on hand and borrowings under a revolving credit facility and was accounted for as a business combination.
The following table presents the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and purchase consideration as of the acquisition date (in millions).
 December 17, 2012
Cash$0.3
Accounts receivable21.2
Other receivables3.9
Inventory20.3
Prepaid expenses / other assets2.6
Property, plant and equipment5.3
Intangible assets2.6
Goodwill6.7
Net deferred tax liabilities(1.0)
Capital lease liability(10.9)
Other liabilities(9.8)
Total consideration$41.2
The total purchase consideration includes (i) a $4.0 million indemnity holdback for any post-closing liabilities to be released, less any indemnity claims, to the former owners of Davenport in equal installments over four years on the anniversary date of the closing of the acquisition; and (ii) $0.6 million of contingent payments related to future employment services. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $3.0 million and $0.3 million of future payment obligations remaining under the indemnity holdback and employment service provisions, respectively. The intangible assets are comprised of (i) $1.9 million of customer relationships, which is being amortized over 10 years; and (ii) $0.7 million of non-competition agreements, the majority of which is being amortized over five years. The estimated fair value of the purchased intangible assets was determined using the income approach, which discounts expected future cash flows attributable to the specific assets to their present value. The purchase price allocation also includes $1.0 million of net deferred tax liabilities related primarily to the difference between the book and tax bases of the assets acquired.
The acquisition resulted in $6.7 million of non-amortizing goodwill, which represents the excess of the cash paid over the fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net of deferred tax liabilities. The goodwill arising from the acquisition, which is not deductible for tax purpose, reflects synergies the Company expects to realize.
Simultaneous with the closing of the acquisition, the Company entered into a capital lease arrangement for a warehouse facility in Sanford, North Carolina with certain of the former owners of Davenport, who are now employees of Core-Mark. The term of the lease is for 10 years, excluding renewal options, and the related capital lease obligation was $10.4 million at December 31, 2013.
Results of operations of Davenport have been included in the Company’s statements of operations and comprehensive income since the date of acquisition. The Company incurred costs of approximately $1.6 million and $1.3 million related primarily to the acquisition and integration of Davenport’s operations in 2013 and 2012, respectively. These costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.
The Company did not consider the Davenport acquisition to be a material business combination and therefore has not disclosed pro-forma results of operations for the acquired business.
Acquisition of Forrest City Grocery Company
On May 2, 2011, the Company acquired Forrest City Grocery Company (“FCGC”), located in Forrest City, Arkansas, and thereafter FCGC became a subsidiary of Core-Mark. FCGC was a regional wholesale distributor servicing customers in Arkansas, Mississippi, Tennessee and the surrounding states. The acquisition of FCGC provided the Company additional distribution infrastructure and increased its market share in the Southeastern U.S.

56


The total consideration to acquire FCGC was approximately $54.0 million, which was funded with a combination of cash on hand and borrowings under the Company's revolving credit facility. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.
The following table summarizes the allocation of the consideration paid for the acquisition and the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in millions):
 May 2, 2011
Cash$3.5
Accounts receivable18.4
Other receivables0.4
Inventory13.0
Prepaid expenses / other assets2.0
Property, plant and equipment6.0
Intangible assets18.4
Goodwill11.6
Net deferred tax liabilities(7.0)
Other liabilities(12.3)
Total consideration$54.0
The total purchase consideration included an escrow reserve of approximately $17.0 million for indemnifiable claims in connection with the acquisition. The amount of the escrow reserve decreased to $13.5 million as of December 31, 2013 due primarily to scheduled payments to the seller under the escrow agreement and reimbursements to the Company for pre-acquisition tax liabilities settled during the year. The remaining escrow reserve, subject to adjustment, is available for claims through May 2015.
The acquired intangible assets include $16.4 million of customer relationships, which is being amortized over 15 years; and $2.0 million of non-competition agreements, the majority of which is being amortized over 5 years. The estimated fair value of the intangible assets was determined using the income approach, which discounts expected future cash flows to present value. The purchase price allocation also includes $7.0 million of net deferred tax liabilities related primarily to the difference between the book and tax bases of the intangible assets. The acquisition resulted in $11.6 million of non-amortizing goodwill, which is not deductible for tax purposes.
Results of operations of FCGC have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income since the date of acquisition. The Company did not consider the FCGC acquisition to be a material business combination, and therefore has not disclosed pro-forma results of operations for the acquired business.
4.Other Consolidated Balance Sheet Accounts Detail
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, Accounts Receivable
The changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts due from customers consist of the following (in millions):
 2013 2012 2011
Balance, beginning of year$10.9
 $9.6
 $8.7
Net additions charged to operations1.1
 2.0
 2.0
Less: Write-offs and adjustments(2.6) (0.7) (1.1)
Balance, end of year$9.4
 $10.9
 $9.6
The net additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts were recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of the Company’s selling, general and administrative expenses.

57


Other Receivables, Net
Other receivables, net consist of the following (in millions):
 December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
Vendor receivables, net$46.0
 $41.2
Insurance recoverables, current5.3
 2.2
Other7.7
 10.4
Total other receivables, net$59.0
 $53.8
Deposits and Prepayments
Deposits and prepayments consist of the following (in millions):     
 December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
Deposits$4.9
 $4.8
Prepaid income taxes4.3
 3.7
Vendor prepayments26.4
 18.8
Racking allowances, current7.9
 5.0
Other prepayments9.5
 8.0
Total deposits and prepayments$53.0
 $40.3
Deposits include amounts related primarily to cigarette stamps and workers' compensation claims. Other prepayments include prepayments relating to insurance policies, rent, cigarette stamps and software licenses.
Other Non-Current Assets, Net
Other non-current assets, net of current portion, consist of the following (in millions):
 December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
Insurance recoverables$17.2
 $17.6
Debt issuance costs1.1
 1.0
Insurance deposits3.7
 3.6
Racking allowances, net4.9
 4.4
Other assets6.2
 6.9
Total other non-current assets, net$33.1
 $33.5

58


Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in millions):
 December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
Accrued payroll, retirement and other benefits$25.8
 $27.7
Claims liabilities, current12.9
 8.5
Accrued customer incentives payable18.5
 14.9
Indirect taxes5.9
 5.2
Vendor advances5.3
 5.5
Other accrued expenses19.7
 17.7
Total accrued liabilities$88.1
 $79.5
The Company’s accrued payroll, retirement and other benefits include accruals for vacation, bonuses, wages, 401(k) benefit matching and the current portion of pension and post-retirement benefit obligations. The Company’s other accrued expenses include accruals for goods and services, legal expenses, interest and other miscellaneous accruals.
5.    Inventories
Inventories consist of the following (in millions):
 December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
Inventories at FIFO, net of reserves$488.2
 $456.7
Less: LIFO reserve(99.0) (90.3)
Total inventories at LIFO, net of reserves$389.2
 $366.4
Cost of goods sold reflects the application of the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method of valuing inventories in the U.S. based upon estimated annual producer price indices. Inventories in Canada are valued on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis, as LIFO is not a permitted inventory valuation method in Canada. If the FIFO method had been used for valuing inventories in the U.S., inventories would have been approximately $99.0 million and $90.3 million higher at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company had a decrement in certain of its LIFO inventory layers of $11.8 million, $23.2 million and $2.4 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which had the effect of reducing its LIFO expense by $2.2 million in 2013, $1.6 million in 2012 and $0.6 million in 2011. The Company recorded LIFO expense of $8.7 million, $12.3 million and $18.3 million for the years ended December 31,2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The decrement in the Company’s LIFO inventory layers in 2013 was due primarily to lower inventory levels resulting from higher than expected sales in December 2013. Approximately $20.0 million of the $23.2 million decrement in 2012 was the result of a reduction in LIFO layers created in 2011, due to a temporary increase in inventory to support new business and holiday timing at the end of 2011.
6.    Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consist of the following (in millions):
 December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
Delivery, warehouse and office equipment (1)
$169.0
 $156.2
Leasehold improvements36.1
 32.3
Land and buildings (2)
26.9
 24.9
Construction in progress1.1
 1.4
 233.1
 214.8
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization(118.2) (100.1)
Total property and equipment, net$114.9
 $114.7

(1) Includes equipment capital leases of $3.3 million for 2013 and $2.1 million for 2012.
(2) In both 2013 and 2012 includes $4.8 million for a capital lease related to a warehouse facility.

59


Depreciation and amortization expenses related to property and equipment were $20.0 million, $18.5 million and $16.2 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Property and equipment includes accruals for construction in progress of $1.9 million in 2013 and $0.2 million in 2012.
7.    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,
Goodwill
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in millions):
 2013 2012
Goodwill, beginning of year$22.8
 $16.2
Davenport acquisition0.1
 6.6
Goodwill, end of year$22.9
 $22.8
The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually or whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. The Company did not record any impairment charges related to goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Net
Other Intangible Assets
The carrying amount and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets as of December 31, 20132016 and 20122015 are as follows (in millions):
December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Gross   Net Gross   NetGross   Net Gross   Net
Carrying Accumulated Carrying Carrying Accumulated CarryingCarrying Accumulated Carrying Carrying Accumulated Carrying
Amount Amortization Amount Amount Amortization AmountAmount Amortization Amount Amount Amortization Amount
Customer relationships$21.1
 $(4.1) $17.0
 $21.6
 $(3.0) $18.6
$28.3
 $(9.4) $18.9
 $21.1
 $(7.3) $13.8
Non-competition agreements3.2
 (1.8) 1.4
 3.2
 (1.0) 2.2
5.0
 (3.1) 1.9
 3.2
 (2.9) 0.3
Trade names1.0
 (0.3) 0.7
 




Favorable lease terms0.1
 
 0.1
 
 
 
Internally developed and other purchased software11.9
 (9.5) 2.4
 9.9
 (9.3) 0.6
33.0
 (13.1) 19.9
 25.8
 (10.4) 15.4
Total other intangible assets$36.2
 $(15.4) $20.8
 $34.7
 $(13.3) $21.4
$67.4
 $(25.9) $41.5
 $50.1
 $(20.6) $29.5
The amortization of intangible assets inclusive of non-compete agreements, customer lists and internally developed and other purchased software, recorded in the consolidated statements of operations was $$5.3 million for 2016, and 2.7$2.6 million infor both 20132015 and $3.0 million in both 2012 and 20112014.
Intangible assets and software with definite useful lives are amortized over the following useful lives:
Useful Life in Years
Customer relationships10-15
Non-competition agreements1-5
Software3-8

Estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets is as follows (in millions):
Year ending December 31,  
2014$2.5
20152.4
20162.1
20171.9
$6.5
20181.8
5.9
20195.6
20205.5
20215.1
2022 and thereafter12.9
Total$41.5

60


8.    Long-term Debt
Total long-term debt consists of the following (in millions):
December 31, December 31,December 31, December 31,
2013 20122016 2015
Amounts borrowed (Credit Facility)$46.3
 $73.3
$336.0
 $47.0
Obligations under capital leases (Note 9)11.3
 11.4
11.7
 13.4
Total long-term debt$57.6
 $84.7
$347.7
 $60.4
The Company has a revolving credit facility (“Credit Facility”)Facility with a borrowing capacity of $200$600 million, as of December 31, 2016. On November 4, 2016, the Company entered into a ninth amendment to the Credit Facility (the "Ninth Amendment"), which increased its Credit Facility from $450 million to $600 million. The Credit Facility has an expansion feature which can be increased up to an additional $100$100 million,, subject to certain provisions. limited by a borrowing base primarily consisting of eligible accounts receivable and inventories. All obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by first priority liens on substantially all of the Company’s present and future assets. The terms of the Credit Facility permit prepayment without penalty at any time (subject to customary breakage costs with respect to LIBORLondon Interbank Offer Rate ("LIBOR") or CDORCanadian Dollar Offer Rate ("CDOR") based loans prepaid prior to the end of an interest period). This will be subject to the same borrowing base limitations as the Eighth amendment.
On May 30, 2013,16, 2016, the Company entered into a fifthan eighth amendment to the Credit Facility (the "Fifth Amendment"("Eighth amendment"), which extendedincreased the termsize of the Credit Facility from May 2016$300 million to May 2018 and reduced the margin added to the LIBOR or CDOR rate and reduced the unused facility fees. The margin added to the LIBOR or CDOR rate is currently a range of 125 to 175 basis points, down from a range of 175 to 225 basis points.$450 million. In addition, the Fifth Amendment providesEighth amendment allows for unlimited stock repurchases of up to an aggregate of $50 million, not to exceed $15 millionand dividends, as long as the Company meets certain credit availability percentages and fixed charge coverage ratios.
The Credit Facility matures in any year and re-established a $75 million ceiling for dividends allowable over the term of the Credit Facility.May 2020. The Company incurred fees of approximately $0.3$1.3 million in connection with the Fifth Amendment, which are being amortized over the term of the amendment.
The Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants, including among others, limitations on dividends and other restricted payments, other indebtedness, liens, investments and acquisitions and certain asset sales. As of December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants under the Credit Facility.amendments.
Amounts borrowed, outstanding letters of credit and amounts available to borrow, net of certain reserves required under the Credit Facility, were as follows (in millions):
December 31, December 31,December 31, December 31,
2013 20122016 2015
Amounts borrowed$46.3
 $73.3
$336.0
 $47.0
Outstanding letters of credit21.8
 19.8
17.4
 18.5
Amounts available to borrow (1)
122.7
 97.7
224.8
 123.9

(1)
Excluding $100$100 million expansion feature.
Average borrowings during the years ended December 31, 20132016 and 20122015 were $35.3$184.4 million and $26.339.6 million, respectively, with amounts borrowed at any one time during the years then ended ranging from zero to $112.0$428.0 million and zero to $91.5$120.9 million,, respectively.
The weighted-average interest rate on the revolving credit facilityCredit Facility for the years ended December 31, 20132016 and 20122015 was 1.8%were 1.7%, and 2.1%1.6%, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate is calculated based on the daily cost of borrowing, reflecting a blend of prime and LIBOR rates. The Company paid fees for unused credit facility and letter of credit participation, which are included in interest expense, of $$0.7 million, $0.6 million, and 0.8 million, $0.9 million, and $1.30.7 million for December 31, 2016, 2013, 20122015 and 20112014, respectively. The Company recorded charges related to amortization of debt issuance costs, which are included in interest expense, of $0.5 million, $0.40.3 million,

$0.4 million, and $0.50.3 million for the years ended December 31, 20132016, 20122015 and 20112014, respectively. Unamortized debt issuance costs were $$2.3 million and 1.4 million and $1.51.2 million as of December 31, 20132016 and 20122015, respectively.

9.Commitments and Contingencies
Purchase Commitments
The Company enters into purchase commitments in the ordinary course of business. At The Company had purchase obligations of $47.8 million and $43.1 million as of December 31, 2013, the Company had $4.8 million in purchase obligations2016 and 2015, respectively, related primarily to purchases of compressed natural gas for its trucking fleet, delivery and warehouse equipment, computer software and computer software. At services and leasehold improvements. Purchase orders for the purchase of inventory and other services are not included in the purchase obligations as of December 31, 2012,2016 and 2015, respectively, because purchase orders represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements.  For purposes of this commitment, contractual obligations for purchase of goods or services are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction.  The Company’s purchase orders are based on its current inventory needs and are fulfilled by its suppliers within short time periods.  The Company had $1.2 million in purchasealso enters into contracts for outsourced services; however, the obligations related primarily to delivery equipment.under these contracts are not significant and the contracts generally contain clauses allowing for cancellation without significant penalty.
Operating Leases

61


The Company leases most of its sales and warehouse facilities and a significant number of trucks, vans and certain equipment under operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through 2027,2032, excluding renewal options. Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, including available renewal option terms, if it is reasonably assured that the renewal options will be exercised. The operating leases generally require the Company to pay taxes, maintenance and insurance. In most instances, the Company expects the operating leases that expire will be renewed or replaced in the normal course of business.
Future minimum rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year and excluding contracted vehicle maintenance costs) were as follows as of December 31, 20132016 (in millions):
Year ending December 31,  
2014$33.8
201531.1
201628.9
201726.2
$54.3
201821.7
51.9
2019 and Thereafter72.0
201947.4
202041.9
202133.2
2022 and thereafter121.3
Total$213.7
$350.0
For 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, rental expenses for operating and month-to-month leases, including contracted vehicle maintenance costs, were $45.7$66.8 million,, $41.8 $57.9 million and $38.7$50.4 million,, respectively.
Capital Leases
As of December 31, 20132016 and 2012,2015, the Company had approximately $12.5$13.6 million and $12.3$15.6 million,, respectively, in capital lease obligations, related to a warehouse facility, refrigeration and other office and warehouse equipment with lease agreements expiring at various dates through 2032,2027, excluding renewal options.
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital leases were as follows as of December 31, 20132016 (in millions):

Year ending December 31,  
2014$1.7
20151.7
20161.6
20171.2
$2.6
20181.2
2.4
2019 and thereafter9.2
20192.2
20201.9
20211.3
2022 and thereafter6.4
Total16.6
16.8
Less: Interest(4.1)(3.2)
Present value of future minimum lease payments12.5
13.6
Less: current portion(1.2)(1.9)
Non-current portion$11.3
$11.7
Contingencies
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
LetterLetters of Credit Commitments.Credit. As of December 31, 20132016, the Company'sCompany’s standby letters of credit issued under the Company'sCompany’s Credit Facility were $21.8$17.4 million related primarily to casualty insurance and tax obligations.insurance. The majority of the standby letters of credit mature in one year. However, in the ordinary course of business, the Company will continue to renew or modify the terms of the letters of credit to support business requirements. The letters of credit are contingent liabilities, supported by the Company’s line of credit, and are not reflected on the consolidated balance sheets.
Operating Leases. The majority of the Company’s sales offices, warehouse facilities and trucks are subject to lease agreements, which expire at various dates through 2032, excluding renewal options. These leases generally require the Company to maintain, insure and pay any related taxes. In most instances, the Company expects the leases that expire will be renewed or replaced in the normal course of its business.

62


Third Party Distribution Centers. The Company currently manages two regional distribution centers for third party convenience store operators who engage in self-distribution. Under the agreement relating to one of these facilities, the third party has a “put” right under which it may require the Company to acquire the facility. If the put right is exercised, the Company will be required to (1) purchase the inventory in the facilities at cost, (2) purchase the physical assets of the facilities at fully depreciated cost and (3) assume the obligations of the third party as lessees under the leases related to those facilities. While the Company believes the likelihood that this put option will be exercised is remote, if it were exercised, the Company would be required to make aggregate capital expenditures of approximately $2.0 million based on current estimates. The amount of capital expenditures would vary depending on the timing of any exercise of such put right and does not include an estimate of the cost to purchase inventory because such purchases would simply replace other planned inventory purchases and would not represent an incremental cost. In the event the third party terminates self-distribution, they are required to enter into a five year distribution agreement with the Company to supply their stores.
Litigation
The Company is a plaintiff in a lawsuit against Sonitrol Corporation. The case arose from the December 21, 2002 arson fire at the Denver warehouse in which Sonitrol failed to detect and respond to a four-hour burglary and subsequent arson. In 2010, a jury found in favor of the Company and its insurers. Sonitrol appealed the judgment to the Colorado Appellate Court and on July 19, 2012, the Appellate Court upheld the trial court's ruling on two of the three issues being appealed but set aside the judgment and remanded the case back to the District Court for trial on the sole issue of damages. The Appellate Court's ruling was appealed by Sonitrol to the Colorado Supreme Court on September 21, 2012. On April 29, 2013, the Colorado Supreme Court denied Sonitrol's appeal and the case was returned to the District Court to resolve the sole issue of damages. A trial date has been set for April 7, 2014. The Company is unable to predict when this litigation will be finally resolved and the ultimate outcome. Any monetary recovery from the lawsuit would be recognized only if and when it is finally paid to the Company.
The Company is subject to certain legal proceedings, claims, investigations and administrative proceedings in the ordinary course of its business. The Company records a provision for a liability when it is both probable that the liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. These provisions, if any, are reviewed at least quarterly and adjusted to reflect the impacts of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to a particular case. In the opinion of management, the outcome of pending litigation is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
10.    Income Taxes
The Company'sCompany’s income tax provision consists of the following (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
2013 2012 20112016 2015 2014
Current:          
Federal$18.7
 $16.2
 $13.7
$21.4
 $19.4
 $22.0
State2.4
 2.5
 3.6
3.1
 3.2
 3.1
Foreign
 
 
Total current tax provision$21.1
 $18.7
 $17.3
24.5
 22.6
 25.1
          
Deferred:   
  
     
Federal$2.8
 $2.5
 $0.3
6.7
 7.8
 (0.6)
State0.8
 0.5
 (0.5)0.8
 1.1
 (0.5)
Foreign(0.3) (0.2) (0.1)(0.7) (0.1) (0.3)
Total deferred tax (benefit) provision$3.3
 $2.8
 $(0.3)
Total deferred tax provision (benefit)6.8
 8.8
 (1.4)
          
Total income tax provision$24.4
 $21.5
 $17.0
$31.3
 $31.4
 $23.7


63


A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company'sCompany’s effective income tax rate and income tax provision is as follows (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
2013 2012 20112016 2015 2014
Federal income tax provision at the statutory rate$23.1
 35.0 % $19.4
 35.0 % $15.1
 35.0 %$29.9
 35.0 % $29.0
 35.0 % $23.2
 35.0 %
Increase (decrease) resulting from:                      
State income taxes, net of federal benefit2.5
 3.9
 2.3
 4.2
 2.1
 4.9
2.9
 3.4
 2.9
 3.5
 2.3
 3.5
Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits (inclusive of                      
related interest and penalty)(0.4) (0.6) (0.2) (0.4) (0.3) (0.7)(0.3) (0.4) 
 
 (0.9) (1.4)
Effect of foreign operations(0.3) (0.5) (0.2) (0.4) (0.1) (0.2)(0.7) (0.8) (0.1) (0.1) (0.3) (0.5)
Non-deductible acquisition costs
 
 0.2
 0.4
 0.3
 0.7
Change in valuation allowance
 
 (0.1) (0.1) 
 
Tax credits and other, net(0.5) (0.8) 
 
 (0.1) (0.3)(0.5) (0.6) (0.3) (0.4) (0.6) (0.9)
Income tax provision$24.4
 37.0 % $21.5
 38.8 % $17.0
 39.4 %$31.3
 36.6 % $31.4
 37.9 % $23.7
 35.7 %

The Company’s effective tax rate was 37.0%36.6% for 20132016 compared to 38.8%37.9% for 2012.2015. The decrease in effective tax rate for 20132016 was due primarily to a higher proportion of earnings from states with lower tax rates, tax credits and adjustmentsthe effects of prior year’syears' estimates for foreign operations, as well as benefits in the current year related to the expiration of statute of limitations for uncertain tax positions and the impact of non-deductible acquisition-related costs recognized in 2012.related interest recovery.
The provision for income taxes included a net benefit of $0.9$1.5 million and $0.5$0.3 million for 20132016 and 2012,2015, respectively, related primarily to the expiration of the statute of limitations for uncertain tax positions and adjustments of prior year'syears’ estimates.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The tax effects of significant temporary differences which comprise deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in millions):
December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Deferred tax assets:      
Employee benefits, including post-retirement benefits$11.3
 $15.3
$15.4
 $15.2
Trade and other receivables3.6
 4.3
2.9
 4.1
Goodwill and intangibles2.8
 2.7
0.2
 2.0
Self-insurance reserves1.0
 0.9
1.7
 1.5
Other3.6
 3.4
6.1
 4.0
Subtotal22.3
 26.6
26.3
 26.8
Less: valuation allowance(0.1) (0.1)
 
Net deferred tax assets$22.2
 $26.5
$26.3
 $26.8
Deferred tax liabilities:   
   
Inventories$5.4
 $4.0
$7.0
 $9.0
Property and equipment19.1
 19.5
36.2
 27.2
Prepaid and deposits0.5
 0.5
Deferred income0.2
 0.2
Goodwill and intangibles7.1
 7.9
5.6
 6.0
Other1.0
 1.3
1.8
 1.6
Total deferred tax liabilities$33.3
 $33.4
$50.6
 $43.8
      
Total net deferred tax liabilities$(11.1) $(6.9)$(24.3) $(17.0)
Net current deferred tax assets2.3
 4.8
4.6
 1.6
Net non-current deferred tax liabilities$(13.4) $(11.7)$(28.9) $(18.6)

At each balance sheet date, a valuation allowance was established against the deferred tax assets based on management’s assessmentmanagement assesses whether it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets would not be realized. The Company had ano valuation

64


allowance of $0.1 million at December 31, 20132016 and 2012 related to foreign tax credits, which will expire at various times between 2014 to 2016.2015.

The total gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits related to federal, state and foreign taxes was approximately $0.6$0.2 million and $1.6$0.4 million at December 31, 20132016 and 2012,2015, respectively, all of which would impact the Company'sCompany’s effective tax rate, if recognized. The expiration of the statute of limitation in future years could impact the total gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits by $0.2 million through the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of the statute limitations for certain tax positions in future years and expected settlement of certain tax audit issues could impact the total gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits by $0.2 million through the year ended December 31,2014.issues. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 20112014 is as follows (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,
2013 2012 20112016 2015 2014
Balance at beginning of year$1.6
 $1.8
 $1.2
$0.4
 $0.4
 $0.6
Increase in unrecognized tax benefits related to acquisition0.2
 
 0.9
Lapse of statute of limitations(0.2) (0.2) (0.2)(0.2) 
 (0.2)
Settlement(1)
(1.0) 
 
Other
 
 (0.1)
Balance at end of year$0.6
 $1.6
 $1.8
$0.2
 $0.4
 $0.4

(1)Relates to the settlement in 2013 of certain pre-acquisition tax liabilities which were reimbursed by the former owners.

The Company files U.S. federal, state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. In 2011, the IRS initiated an examination of the Company’s federal tax returns for 2009 and 2010. The examination was finalized in the first quarter of 2013 and resulted in no adjustments. The 2010 to 20132016 tax years remain subject to examination by federal and state tax authorities. As of December 31, 2013, the 2009The 2012 tax year wasis still open for certain state tax authorities. The 20062009 to 20132016 tax years remain subject to examination by the tax authorities in Canada.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes in income tax expense. For the yearsyear ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 20112016, the Company recognized a net benefit in its provision for income taxes of $0.1$0.1 million related primarily to the recovery of interest associated with the expiration of statute of limitations for certain unrecognized tax positions. For the year ended December 31, 2015 the Company did not recognize any net benefit and in 2014 recognized a net benefit of $0.2 million As of December 31, 2013,2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had a liability of $0.5$0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for estimated interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, consisting of $0.2 million for interest and $0.3 million for penalties, compared to a liability of 0.7 million as of December 31, 2012.benefits.
11.Employee Benefit Plans
Pension Plans
The Company sponsored a qualified defined-benefit pension plan and a post-retirement benefit consisting of a Core-Mark pension plan which was(collectively, “the Pension Plans”). The Pension Plans were frozen on September 30, 1986. In addition, the Company inherited three plans from Fleming, the Company’s former parent company. The Fleming plans were frozen on or prior to August 20, 1998. These plans are collectively referred as the “Pension Plans”. There1986 and since then there have been no new entrants to the Pension Plans after those benefit plans were frozen.Plans.
On September 14, 2016, the Board of Directors approved a motion to terminate the Company’s qualified defined-benefit pension plan. The Company expects its pension liabilities will be settled through either lump sum payments or purchased annuities by December 31, 2017. At settlement, the Company expects to recognize a non-cash charge related to unrecognized actuarial losses in AOCI estimated between $17.0 million and $19.0 million. The Company expects to make additional cash contributions of approximately $4.0 million to $6.0 million to settle its pension obligations in 2017. Settling the plan will eliminate cash contributions, lower future expenses and eliminate the risk of rising Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) premiums.
The Company’s defined-benefit pension plan is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). Under ERISA, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”)PBGC has the authority to terminate an underfunded pension plan under limited circumstances. In the event the Company’s pension plan is terminated for any reason while it is underfunded, the Company would incur a liability to the PBGC that may be equal to the entire amount of the underfunding. The Company’s post-retirement benefit plan is not subject to ERISA. As a result, the post-retirement benefit plan is not required to be pre-funded, and, accordingly, has no plan assets.
Pension costs and other post-retirement benefit costs charged to operations are estimated on the basis of annual valuations with the assistance of an independent actuary. Adjustments arising from plan amendments, changes in assumptions and experience gains and losses, are amortized over the average future life expectancy of inactive participants for the defined-benefit plan, and the average remaining future service of active employees expected to receive benefits for the post-retirement benefit plan.

65



The following tables provide a reconciliation of the changes in the Pension Plans'Plans’ benefit obligation and fair value of assets, the funded status of the plans and the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets and accumulated other comprehensive lossAOCI as of December 31, 20132016 and 20122015 (in millions):
Pension Benefits 
  
Other Post-retirement
Benefits 
Pension Benefits 
  
Other Post-retirement
Benefits 
December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012  December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015  December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Change in Benefit Obligation:                
Obligation at beginning of year$43.0
 $38.0
  $5.1
 $4.6
$37.0
 $43.6
  $3.0
 $3.0
Interest cost1.6
 1.8
  0.2
 0.2
1.2
 1.7
  0.2
 0.1
Actuarial (gain) loss(1.7) 5.6
  (0.8) 0.4
Actuarial loss (gain)1.7
 (2.0)  (0.5) 0.1
Benefit payments(2.8) (2.4)  (0.2) (0.1)(2.4) (2.8)  (0.1) (0.2)
Curtailment gain
 
  (0.9) 
Group annuity contract discontinuance
 (1.3)  
 
Settlement of accumulated benefits(2.7) (2.2)  
 
Benefit obligation at end of year$40.1
 $43.0
  $3.4
 $5.1
$34.8
 $37.0
  $2.6
 $3.0
   
     
   
     
Change in Plan Assets:   
     
   
     
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year$33.0
 $28.7
  $
 $
$32.3
 $40.4
  $
 $
Actual return on plan assets3.3
 3.0
  
 
1.4
 (1.8)  
 
Employer contributions4.5
 3.7
  0.2
 0.1
1.9
 
  0.1
 0.2
Benefit payments(2.8) (2.4)  (0.2) (0.1)(2.4) (2.8)  (0.1) (0.2)
Group annuity contract discontinuance
 (1.3)  
 
Settlement of accumulated benefits(2.7) (2.2)  
 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year$38.0
 $33.0
  $
 $
$30.5
 $32.3
  $
 $
   
     
   
     
   
     
Funded status at end of year$(2.1) $(10.0)  $(3.4) $(5.1)$(4.3) $(4.7)  $(2.6) $(3.0)
                
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:                
Current liabilities$
 $
  $(0.3) $(0.3)$(4.3) $
  $(0.2) $(0.2)
Non-current liabilities(2.1) (10.0)  (3.1) (4.8)
 (4.7)  (2.4) (2.8)
Total liability$(2.1) $(10.0)  $(3.4) $(5.1)
Total liabilities$(4.3) $(4.7)  $(2.6) $(3.0)
                
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:        
Prior service credit$
 $
  $
 $(0.1)
Amounts recognized in AOCI consist of:        
Net actuarial loss (gain)13.1
 16.5
  (0.1) 0.7
$17.7
 $17.5
  $(0.7) $(0.2)
Total$13.1
 $16.5
  $(0.1) $0.6
$17.7
 $17.5
  $(0.7) $(0.2)
                
Additional Information:                
Accumulated benefit obligation$40.1
 $43.0
     $34.8
 $37.0
     
During 20132016, the underfunded status of the defined-benefit pension plan decreased$7.9 $0.4 million to $2.1$4.3 million,, due primarily to a contribution of $1.9 million made to the plan during 2016, return on plan assets of $1.4 million, offset by interest costs of $1.2 million and an actuarial gainloss of $1.7$1.7 million. The actuarial loss of $1.7 million in 2013 attributable primarily to for the year ended December 31, 2016 includes an increase indiscount rates, $4.5 the plan's Projected Benefit Obligation of $2.0 million of Company contributions, and higher than expected returns on pursuant to the Company's decision to terminate the plan, offset by $0.3 million related to favorable demographic experience since the prior year end. The Company offers certain plan participants the option to receive a lump sum payment in lieu of future annuity pension plan assets.In addition, during 2013,benefits. During 2016, the Company implemented changes to medicalsettled accumulated benefits in the post-retirement benefit plan. The most significant change to the plan was the removal of the Company’s subsidy of medical premiums$2.7 million (pre-tax) for future retirees, which curtailed future benefits for those participants.participants who received lump sum payments. The Company recorded a net curtailment gainincurred settlement charges of $0.9$1.3 million in 2013 during 2016 due to the reduction in future obligations under the plan resulting from the change in benefits.lump sum payments.

66


The following table provides components of net periodic benefit cost and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (in millions):
 Pension Benefits   
Other Post-retirement
Benefits 
 2013 2012 2011  2013 2012 2011
Net Periodic Benefit Cost:            
Interest cost$1.6
 $1.8
 $1.8
  $0.2
 $0.2
 $0.2
Expected return on plan assets(2.3) (2.1) (1.9)  
 
 
Amortization of prior service credit
 
 
  (0.1) (0.1) (0.1)
Amortization of net actuarial loss0.6
 0.4
 0.3
  
 
 
Curtailment gain
 
 
  (0.9) 
 
Net periodic benefit (income) cost$(0.1) $0.1
 $0.2
  $(0.8) $0.1
 $0.1
             
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income:            
Net actuarial (gain)/loss$(2.8) $4.7
 $4.1
  $(0.8) $0.4
 $0.5
Amortization of prior service cost
 
 
  0.1
 0.1
 0.1
Amortization of actuarial gain(0.6) (0.4) (0.3)  
 
 
Total recognized in other comprehensive            
   income$(3.4) $4.3
 $3.8
  $(0.7) $0.5
 $0.6
             
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and            
   other comprehensive income$(3.5) $4.4
 $4.0
  $(1.5) $0.6
 $0.7
 Pension Benefits   
Other Post-retirement
Benefits 
 December 31,  December 31,
 2016 2015 2014  2016 2015 2014
Net Periodic Benefit Cost:            
Interest cost$1.2
 $1.7
 $1.8
  $0.2
 $0.1
 $0.1
Expected return on plan assets(1.8) (2.1) (2.5)  
 
 
Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)0.6
 0.6
 0.4
  
 
 (0.1)
Settlement charge1.3
 1.6
 
  
 
 
Net periodic benefit cost (income)$1.3
 $1.8
 $(0.3)  $0.2
 $0.1
 $
             
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income:            
Net actuarial loss (gain)$2.1
 $1.9
 $5.2
  $(0.5) $0.2
 $(0.4)
Settlement charge(1.3) (1.6) 
  
 
 
Amortization of actuarial (loss) gain(0.6) (0.6) (0.4)  
 
 0.1
Total net loss (gain) recognized in            
   other comprehensive income$0.2
 $(0.3) $4.8
  $(0.5) $0.2
 $(0.3)
For both the pension and other post-retirement benefitsbenefit plans, prior service costcosts are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining future service of active employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.plans. For the pension benefitsbenefit plan, gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation and market-related value of assets are amortized over the average future life expectancy of inactive participants. For the post-retirement benefit plan, gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation and market-related value of assets are amortized over the average remaining future service of active employees expected to receive benefits under the plan. The Company uses its fiscal year-end date as the measurement date for the plans. The Company estimated that average future life expectancy is 22.120.4 years for the pension benefits plan and remaining service life of active participants is 6.84.6 years for the post-retirement benefits plan.
Assumptions Used:
The following table shows the weighted-average assumptions used in the measurement of: 
Pension Benefits 
  Other Post-retirement Benefits
Pension Benefits 
  Other Post-retirement Benefits
December 31,  December 31,December 31,  December 31,
2013 2012 2011  2013 2012 20112016 2015 2014  2016 2015 2014
Benefit Obligations:                        
Discount rate4.60% 3.80% 4.72%  4.60% 3.85% 4.74%3.30% 4.32% 4.00%  3.98% 4.32% 3.99%
Expected return on assets6.55% 7.00% 7.25%  N/A
 N/A
 N/A
3.25% 6.00% 5.50%  N/A
 N/A
 N/A
                        
Net Periodic Benefit Costs:                        
Discount rate3.80% 4.72% 5.04%  3.85% 4.74% 5.08%4.13% 4.05% 4.60%  4.29% 3.99% 4.6%
Expected return on assets7.00% 7.25% 7.35%  N/A
 N/A
 N/A
3.57% 5.95% 6.55%  3.47% N/A
 N/A
The weighted-average discount rates used to determine the Pension Plans'Plans’ obligations and expenses are based on a yield curve methodology, which matches the expected benefits at each duration to the available high quality yields at that duration and calculating an equivalent yield. The increasenet periodic benefit cost was re-measured at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2016 to reflect settlement accounting due to lump sum payments. During 2016, a discount rate of 4.32% was used from January 1 to September 30, a discount rate of 3.57% was used from October 1 to December 31, and a discount rate of 3.98% was used at December 31. The decrease in discount rate in 20132016 compared to 20122015 was due to highera decrease in bond yields.yields during 2016 and the plan valuation shifting from an ongoing to termination liability basis. The decrease in the expected long-term return on assets assumption in 20132016 compared to 20122015 was due primarilyto shifting to a changemore conservative asset allocation in the investment2016.

67


composition of the plan assets to a higher percentage of bonds versus equity investments, in order to reduce risk. The Company uses a building block approach in determining the overall expected long term return on assets. Under this approach, a weighted-average expected rate of return is developed based on historical and expected future returns for each major asset class and the proportion of assets of the class held by the Pension Plans. The Company then reviews the results and may make adjustments to reflect the expected additional return gained through active investment management.
Assumed health care cost trend rates have an effect on the amounts reported for the post-retirement health care plans. The health care cost trend rates assumed for the end of year benefit obligation for the post-retirement benefit plans are as follows: 
December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Assumed current trend rate for next year for participants under 657.50% 7.00%6.62% 6.80%
Assumed current trend rate for next year for participants 65 and over7.00% 6.00%7.73% 7.85%
Ultimate year trend rate5.00% 5.00%4.50% 5.00%
Year that ultimate trend rate is reached for participants under 652024 20172025 2024
Year that ultimate trend rate is reached for participants 65 and over2022 20172025 2023
A one percent point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects (in millions): 
1% Increase 1% Decrease1% Increase 1% Decrease
Effect on total of service and interest cost components of net periodic post-retirement      
health care benefit cost$
 $
$
 $
Effect on the health care component of the accumulated post-retirement benefit      
obligation$0.4
 $(0.3)$0.2
 $0.3
Plan Assets:
TheDuring 2016, the Company has adopted a dynamic investment strategy to reduceshifted the pension plan's investment risk as the funded status improves. The strategy will reduce thetarget asset allocation to return seeking100% fixed income assets (primarily equities) and increase the allocation to liability hedging assets (primarily fixed income) over time with the intention of reducing the volatilityas a result of the funded status andCompany's decision to terminate the qualified defined-benefit pension costs. Based on the plan's funded status, the Company'splan. The Company’s current target allocations are: 0-5%0% cash, 28-34% 0% equity and 66-72% 100% fixed income.  The Company’s investment target also sets forth the requirement for diversification within asset class, types and classes for investments prohibited and permitted, specific indices to be used for benchmark in investment decisions and criteria for individual securities.
The fair value measurements of the Pension Plans' assets by asset category at December 31, 2013 are as follows (in millions):
 Asset CategoryTotal Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Cash and cash equivalents$2.5
 $2.5
 $
 $
Group trust31.8
 
 31.8
 
Group annuity contract3.7
 
 3.7
 
 Total$38.0
 $2.5
 $35.5
 $
During 2013, the Company reinvested the majority of the plan assets in an investment instrument (“Group Trust”), comprised of a diversified portfolio of investments across various asset classes, including U.S. and foreign equities and U.S. high yield and investment grade corporate bonds. The Group Trust is valued at the net asset value provided by the administrator of the fund. The net asset fair value is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund, minus its liabilities, divided by the number of units outstanding.
The group annuity consists primarily Certain investments that are valued using the net asset value per share have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy and are included in the below tables to permit reconciliation of investment grade fixed income securities. The participating annuity contract is valued based on discounted cash flows of current yields of similar securities with comparable duration based on the underlying fixed income investments.fair value hierarchy to the aggregate plan assets.

68


The fair value measurements of the Pension Plans'Plans’ assets by asset category at December 31, 20122016 are as follows (in millions):
 Asset CategoryTotal Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Cash and cash equivalents$1.1
 $0.4
 $0.7
 $
Equity securities:       
  Mutual funds8.1
 8.1
 
 
  Other equity securities, primarily U.S. companies10.1
 10.1
 
 
Government securities3.7
 2.1
 1.6
 
Corporate and muni bonds:       
   Other bonds5.9
 
 5.9
 
   Muni bonds0.3
 
 0.3
 
Group annuity contract3.8
 
 3.8
 
 Total$33.0
 $20.7
 $12.3
 $
Asset CategoryTotal Investments Measured at Net Asset Value Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Cash and cash equivalents$1.6

$

$1.6

$

$
Group trust28.9

28.9






 Total$30.5

$28.9

$1.6

$

$
The fair value measurements of the Pension Plans’ assets by asset category at December 31, 2015 are as follows (in millions):
Asset CategoryTotal Investments Measured at Net Asset Value Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Cash and cash equivalents$1.0

$

$1.0

$

$
Group trust31.3

31.3






 Total$32.3

$31.3

$1.0

$

$

The Company adopted ASU 2015-07 in 2016 and applied its provisions on a retrospective basis.
During 2015, the Company discontinued its group annuity contract which consisted primarily of investment grade fixed income securities. The Company settled the contract liability for $1.3 million and the excess assets were transferred to the Group Trust, comprised of diversified portfolio of investments across various asset classes, including U.S. and foreign equities and U.S. high yield and investment grade corporate bonds.


Estimated Future Contributions and Benefit Payments
TheIn conjunction with the termination of the Company’s qualified defined-benefit pension plan, the Company expects to make additional cash contributions of approximately $4.0 million to $6.0 million to settle its pension obligations in 2017 and to contribute a minimum of $1.3$0.2 million and $0.3 million to its pension benefits plan and other post-retirements benefits plan, respectively, in 2014.plan.
Estimated future benefit payments reflecting future service are as follows (in millions):
Year ending December 31, 
Pension Benefits 
Other
Post-retirement  Benefits
2014$3.3
 $0.3
20152.7
 0.3
20162.9
 0.2
20172.9
 0.2
20183.3
 0.2
2019 through 202313.8
 1.1
Year ending December 31, 
Pension Benefits 
Other
Post-retirement Benefits
2017$35.8
 $0.2
2018
 0.2
2019
 0.2
2020
 0.2
2021
 0.2
2021 through 2025
 0.9
Expected amortizationsamortization from accumulated other comprehensive incomeAOCI into net periodic benefit cost for the year ending December 31, 20142017 (in millions):
 
Pension Benefits
 
Other
Post-retirement  Benefits
Expected amortization of net actuarial loss$0.4
 $
Expected amortization of prior service credit
 
Total expected amortizations for the year ending December 31, 2014$0.4
 $
 
Pension Benefits
 
Other
Post-retirement  Benefits
Expected amortization of net actuarial loss$0.7
 $(0.1)
At settlement, the Company expects to recognize a non-cash charge related to unrecognized actuarial losses in accumulated other comprehensive income estimated between $17.0 million and $19.0 million.

69


Multi-employer Defined Benefit Plan
The Company contributed $0.3$0.5 million in each of the yearsyear ended December 31, 20132016, $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, and 2012$0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively, to multi-employer defined benefit plans under the terms of a collective-bargaining agreement that covers its union represented employees.
Savings Plans
The Company maintains defined-contribution plans in the U.S., subject to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, and in Canada, subject to the Income Tax Act. For the year ended December 31, 2013,2016, eligible U.S. employees could elect to contribute, on a tax-deferred basis, from 1% to 75% of their compensation to a maximum of $17,500.$18,000. Eligible U.S. employees over 50 years of age could also contribute an additional $5,500$6,000 on a tax-deferred basis. In Canada, employees can elect to contribute up to a maximum of $23,820$25,370 Canadian dollars. Under the 401(k) plan,As of December 31, 2016, the Company matches 100%50% of U.S. and Canada employee contributions up to 2%6% of base salary and matches 25%for a total maximum company contribution of employee contributions from 2%3%. Effective January 1, 2017, the maximum contribution available to 6% of base salary. For Canadian employees the Company matches 50% of employee contributions upin Canada increased to 3% of base salary.$26,010. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, the Company made matching payments of $2.8$3.9 million,, $2.3 $3.1 million and $2.5$3.0 million,, respectively.

12.Earnings Per Share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net earnings per share (dollars and shares in millions, except per share amounts):
Year Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
2013 2012 20112016 2015 2014
Net Income Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding Net Income Per Common Share Net Income Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding Net Income Per Common Share Net Income Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding Net Income Per Common ShareNet Income Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding Net Income Per Common Share Net Income Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding Net Income Per Common Share Net Income Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding Net Income Per Common Share
Basic EPS$41.6
 11.5
 $3.62
 $33.9
 11.5
 $2.96
 $26.2
 11.4
 $2.30
$54.2
 46.3
 $1.17
 $51.5
 46.2
 $1.12
 $42.7
 46.2
 $0.93
Effect of dilutive                                  
common share                                  
equivalents:                                  
Restricted                                  
stock units
 
 (0.01) 
 0.1
 (0.02) 
 
 (0.01)
 0.1
 
 
 0.2
 (0.01) 
 0.2
 (0.01)
Stock options
 0.1
 (0.02) 
 
 (0.02) 
 0.1
 (0.02)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 0.2
 
Performance shares
 
 (0.01) 
 
 (0.01) 
 
 

 0.1
 
 
 0.2
 
 
 
 
Warrants
 
 
 
 
 
 
 0.2
 (0.04)
Diluted EPS$41.6
 11.6
 $3.58
 $33.9
 11.6
 $2.91
 $26.2
 11.7
 $2.23
$54.2
 46.5
 $1.17
 $51.5
 46.6
 $1.11
 $42.7
 46.6
 $0.92

Note: Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated based on unrounded actual amounts.
Stock options and warrantsRSU's to purchase common stock are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share if their effect would be anti-dilutive. There were no anti-dilutive stock options or warrantsand RSU's excluded in the computation of diluted earnings per share for 20132016, 2015 and 2012, and 91,770 anti-dilutive stock options were excluded in the computation of diluted earnings per share for 2011.2014.

13.Stock Incentive Plans
The following table summarizes the number of securities to be issued and remaining available for future issuance under all of the Company’s stock incentive plans as of December 31, 2013:

70


 Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and vesting of RSUs Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options and vesting of RSUs Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column 1)
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan     
-Options4,376
 $31.70
 
2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan     
-Restricted stock units3,053
 $0.01
 
2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan(1)
96,958
 $24.63
 
2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan(1)
131,533
 $1.88
 259,949

(1)Includes non-qualified stock options, restricted stock units and performance shares.
20042010 Long-Term Incentive Plan
The 2004On May 25, 2010, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“20042010 LTIP”) provided for issuance of shares of non-qualified stock options and restricted stock units to officers and key employees. For option grants, the exercise price equals the fair value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. Options vested over a three-year period: one-third of the options cliff-vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining options vest in equal monthly installments over the two-year period following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date. Stock options expire seven years after the date of grant. No further grants will be made under the 2004 LTIP.
2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan
The 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2005 LTIP”)which provided for the granting of restricted stock units to officers and key employees. The majority of restricted stock units issued under the 2005 LTIP generally vest over three years: one-third of the restricted stock units cliff vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining restricted stock units vest in equal quarterly installments over the two-year period following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date. Restricted stock units do not have an expiration date. No further grants will be made under the 2005 LTIP.
2005 Directors' Equity Incentive Plan
The 2005 Directors' Equity Incentive Plan (“2005 Directors' Plan”) consists of 15,000 non-qualified stock options that have been granted to non-employee Directors of the Company. The terms and vesting requirements of the 2005 Directors' Plan are similar to those of the 2004 LTIP, except options vest quarterly after the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date. No stock options are available for future issuance.
2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan
The 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2007 LTIP”) provided for the granting of stock options, restricted stock units and performance share awards of the Company'sCompany’s common stock to officers, employees and non-employee directors. The majority of awards issued underOn May 20, 2014, the 2007Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the 2010 LTIP generally vest over three years: one-third ofincreasing the awards cliff vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining awards vest in equal quarterly installments over the two-year period following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date. Stock options expire seven years after the date of grant. Restricted stock units do not have an expiration date. No further grants will be made under the 2007 LTIP.
2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan
The 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2010 LTIP”) providesshares reserved for the granting of awards of up to 1,115,952issuance by 1,800,000 shares of the Company'sCompany’s common stock and reapproved the performance measures that may apply to officers, employees and non-employee directors.awards granted thereunder. As of December 31, 2016, the total number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 LTIP was 2,684,821. The 2010 LTIP became effective on April 1, 2010 and awards may be made under the plan through March 31, 2020. The available awards under the 2010 LTIP include: stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units,RSUs, other stock-based awards and performance shares. The 2010 LTIP limits awards to 100,000200,000 shares to any one participant in any one year. The majority of awards issued under the 2010 LTIP through December 31, 2013,2016, have been restricted stock units,RSUs and performance shares, which generally vest over three years. The Company issues new shares upon stock option exercises and vesting of RSUs and performance shares.three years.
Prior Long-Term Incentive Plans
The 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2004 LTIP”) provided for issuance of shares of non-qualified stock options and RSUs to officers and key employees. The 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2005 LTIP”) provided for the granting of RSUs to officers and key employees. The 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2007 LTIP”) provided for the granting of stock options, RSUs and performance share awards of the Company’s common stock to officers, employees and non-employee directors.
The majority of awards granted by the Company vested over a three-year period: one-third of the awards cliff-vested on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining awards vested in equal monthly installments for the 2004 LTIP and equal quarterly installments for the 2005 LTIP and the 2007 LTIP, over the two-year period following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date.
For option grants, the exercise price equaled the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Stock options expire seven years after the date of grant. RSUs do not have an expiration date. No further grants will be made under the 2004 LTIP, the 2005 LTIP, or the 2007 LTIP.


The following table summarizes the number of securities to be issued and remaining available for future issuance under all of the Company’s stock incentive plans as of December 31, 2016:

71

Table of Contents
 Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and vesting of RSUs Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options and vesting of RSUs Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column 1)
2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan(1)
1,624
 $0.01
 
2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan(2)
399,568
 $0.01
 2,684,821

(1)Includes RSUs.
(2)Includes RSUs and performance shares.
The following table summarizes the activity for all stock options, restricted stock unitsRSUs and performance shares under all of the Long-Term Incentive Plans ("LTIPs"(“LTIPs”) for the year endedDecember 31, 20132016:
   December 31, 2012 Activity during 2013 December 31, 2013   December 31, 2015 Activity during 2016 December 31, 2016
   Outstanding Granted Exercised Canceled Outstanding Exercisable   Outstanding Granted Vested / Exercised Canceled Outstanding Exercisable
Plans Securities Number Price Number Price Number Price Number Price Number Price Number Price Securities Number Price Number Price Number Price Number Price Number Price Number Price
2004 LTIP Options 17,376
 $34.94
 
 $
 (13,000) $36.03
 
 $
 4,376
 $31.70
 4,376
 $31.70
2005 LTIP RSUs 3,053
 0.01
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3,053
 0.01
 3,053
 0.01
 RSUs 12,208
 0.01
 
 
 (12,208) 0.01
 
 
 
 
 
 
2007 LTIP (1) RSUs 24,920
 0.01
 
 
 (24,514) 0.01
 
 
 406
 0.01
 406
 0.01
2007 LTIP RSUs 1,624
 0.01
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1,624
 0.01
 1,624
 0.01
 Options 169,107
 25.62
 
 
 (72,555) 26.85
 
 
 96,552
 24.74
 96,552
 24.74
 Options 21,206
 4.80
 
 
 (12,370) 4.80
 (8,836) 4.80
 
 
 
 
 Performanceshares 8,453
 0.01
 
 
 (8,453) 0.01
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010 LTIP (1) RSUs 120,126
 0.01
 87,268
(2) 
0.01
 (98,511) 0.01
 (1,167) 0.01
 107,716
 0.01
 
 
2010 LTIP RSUs 328,578
 0.01
 124,077
(1) 
0.01
 (219,237) 0.01
 (2,560) 0.01
 230,858
 0.01
 
 
 Options 7,500
 32.78
 
 
 
 
 
 
 7,500
 32.78
 5,000
 32.78
 Options 30,000
 8.20
 
 
 (30,000) 8.20
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Performance shares 77,047
 0.01
 90,500
(3) 
0.01
 (46,655) 0.01
 (104,575) 0.01
 16,317
 0.01
 
 
 Performance shares 336,268
 0.01
 156,576
(2) 
0.01
 (128,522) 0.01
 (195,612) 0.01
 168,710
 0.01
 
 
Total   427,582
   177,768
   (263,688)   (105,742)   235,920
   109,387
     729,884
   280,653
   (402,337)   (207,008)   401,192
   1,624
  

 Note: Price is weighted-average price per share.
(1)The 2007 and 2010 LTIPs are for officers, employees and non-employee directors.
(2)Consists of non-performance RSUs.
(3)(2)In February 2013,January 2016, the Company awarded a maximum of 90,500 performance-based RSUs to certain156,576 performance shares that would have been received if the highest level of its employees at a weighted-average grant date fair value of $49.13.performance was achieved. The shares were ultimately cancelledcanceled as the Company did not achieve the related performance targets for fiscal 2013.2016.
The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised in 20132016, 20122015 and 20112014 was $1.3 million, $2.3 million, $2.21.8 million and $4.35.2 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock unitsRSUs exercised in 20132016, 20122015 and 20112014 was $9.3 million, $7.6 million, $6.45.8 million and $5.3 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of performance shares exercised in 20132016, 20122015 and 20112014 was $5.1 million, $2.62.7 million, and $1.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively.
The following table summarizes stock options, restricted stock unitsRSUs and performance shares that have vested and are expected to vest as of December 31, 20132016:
  December 31, 2013 December 31, 2016
  Outstanding Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (years) 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value(1)
(dollars in thousands)
 Outstanding Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (years) 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value(1)
(dollars in thousands)
PlansSecurities Vested 
Expected to vest(2)
 Vested 
Expected to vest(2)
 Vested 
Expected to vest(2)
 Securities Vested 
Expected to vest(2)
 Vested 
Expected to vest(2)
 Vested 
Expected to vest(2)
2004 LTIPOptions 4,376
 
 0.7
 
 $194
 $
2005 LTIPRSUs 3,053
 
 
 
 231
 
2007 LTIPRSUs 406
 
 
 
 31
 
 RSUs 1,624
 
 
 
 70
 
Options 96,552
 
 1.5
 
 4,943
 
2010 LTIPRSUs 
 112,175
 
 
 
 8,517
 RSUs 
 222,963
 
 
 
 9,601
Performance shares 
 11,858
 
 
 
 900
 Performance shares 
 167,023
 
 
 
 7,192
Options 5,000
 2,500
 4.8
 4.8
 216
 108
Total  109,387
 126,533
     $5,615
 $9,525
 1,624
 389,986
     $70
 $16,793

(1)
Aggregate intrinsic value is calculated based upon the difference between the exercise pricesprice of options or restricted stock unitsRSUs and ourthe Company’s closing common stock price on December 31, 20132016 of $75.9343.07, multiplied by the number of instruments that are vested or expected to vest. Options and restricted stock unitsRSUs having exercise prices greater than the closing stock price noted above are excluded from this calculation.
(2)Options, restricted stock unitsRSUs and performance shares that are expected to vest are net of estimated future forfeitures.

The aggregate fair value of options vested in 2013, 20122016 and 20112015 waswere zero and $0.20.3 million in 2014. The aggregate fair value of RSUs vested in 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $9.3 million, $0.15.8 million and $1.7 million, respectively. The aggregate fair value of restricted stock units vested in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $8.5 million, $6.4 million and $6.15.4 million, respectively. The aggregate fair value of performance shares vested in 20132016, 20122015 and 20112014 was $5.1 million, $0.92.7 million, and $1.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

72


Assumptions Used for Fair Value
The fair values for restricted stock unitsRSUs and performance shares, which are based on the fair market value of the Company'sCompany’s stock at date of grant, are included below for shares granted during 20132016, 20122015 and 20112014. For stock options, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the grant date fair value. Option-pricing models require the input of assumptions that are estimated at the date of grant. The following table presents the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value the stock options granted during 2011. The Company did not grant stock options in 20132016 and, 20122015., or 2014.
 Year Ended December 31,
 2013 2012 2011
Weighted-average fair value per share of grants:     
Restricted stock units$49.39
 $39.98
 $34.12
Performance sharesN/A
 $39.59
 $34.12
Stock optionsN/A
 N/A
 9.88
Expected life (years)N/A
 N/A
 5.3
Risk-free interest rateN/A
 N/A
 0.48%
VolatilityN/A
 N/A
 41%
Dividend yieldN/A
 N/A
 2%
 Year Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Weighted-average fair value per share of grants:     
RSUs$38.21
 $32.47
 $18.57
Performance shares (1)
N/A
 $32.60
 $18.40

The expected volatility is based on the historical implied volatility of Core-Mark’s stock price. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time the Company estimates that options granted are expected to be outstanding.
(1)
Performance shares awarded in 2016were ultimately canceled as the Company did not achieve the related performance targets for 2016.
Stock-based Compensation Expense
The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $6.1 million, $4.6 million, $5.88.7 million and $5.56.1 million for the years ended December 31, 20132016, 20122015 and 20112014, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. Stock-based compensation expense recognized for 20132016 was calculated based on awards ultimately expected to vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. The Company’s forfeiture experience since inception of its plans has been approximately 4% of the total grants. The historical rate of forfeiture is a component of the basis for predicting the future rate of forfeitures, which are also dependent on the remaining service period related to grants and on the limited number of approximately 8594 plan participants that have been awarded grants since the inception of the Company'sCompany’s plans.
As of December 31, 20132016, total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements was $3.7$3.7 million,, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.71.2 years.
14.Stockholders'Stockholders’ Equity
Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation
On May 19, 2015, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation increasing the total number of authorized shares of common stock from 50,000,000 to 100,000,000.
Dividends
On May 25, 2016, the Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s outstanding common stock, effected through a stock dividend. The additional shares were distributed on June 27, 2016 to stockholders of record at the close of business on June 9, 2016. All references made to share or per share amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and applicable disclosures have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this two-for-one stock split for all periods presented.
On October 19, 2011, the Company announced the commencement of a quarterly dividend program. In 2013, the Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.19 per common share on May 2, 2013 and August 1, 2013 and $0.22 per common share on November 1, 2013. In lieu of the first quarter 2013 dividend, the Board of Directors declared an accelerated cash dividend of $2.2 million, or $0.19 per common share on December 20, 2012, which was paid on December 31, 2012. The Company paid total dividends of $7.1 million and $10.3 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Credit Facility places certain limits on the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends on its common stock. The Company's intentions are to continue increasing its dividends per share over time; however, the payment of any future dividends will be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in light of then existing conditions, including the Company’s earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, strategic alternatives, restrictions in financing agreements, business conditions and other factors. The Credit Facility places certain limits on the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends on its common stock. (See Note 8 - Long-term Debt.)
The Board of Directors approved the following cash dividends in 2016 (in millions, except per share data):

Declaration Date Dividends Per Share Record Date 
Cash Payment Amount (1)
 Payment Date
February 24, 2016 $0.08 March 11, 2016 $3.8 March 28, 2016
May 9, 2016 $0.08 May 25, 2016 $3.7 June 15, 2016
August 8, 2016 $0.08 August 24, 2016 $3.8 September 15, 2016
November 4, 2016 $0.09 November 23, 2016 $4.2 December 15, 2016

(1) Includes cash payments on declared dividends and payments made on RSUs vested subsequent to the payment date.
The Company paid total dividends of $15.5 million, $12.8 million and $10.7 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Dividends declared and paid per common share were $0.33, $0.29 and $0.23 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
On February 28, 2017 the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.09 per common share, which is payable on March 28, 2017 to shareholders of record as of close of business on March 13, 2017.
Repurchase of Common Stock
In May 2013, the Company'sCompany’s Board of Directors authorized a $30$30 million increase to its stock repurchase plan. At the time of increase, the Company had $2.3$2.3 million remaining under its stock repurchase plan that was then in place.plan. The share repurchase program may be discontinued or amended at any time. The program has no expiration date and expires when the amount authorized has been expended or the Board of Directors withdraws its authorization. As of December 31, 20132016 and 2012,2015, the Company had $28.7$2.6 million and $5.8$11.5 million,, respectively, available for future share repurchases under the program.

73


The following table summarizes the Company'sCompany’s stock repurchase activities for the years ended December 31, 20132016 and 2012 (in millions, except share data):2015:
Year Ended December 31,
2013 20122016 2015
Number of shares repurchased126,872
 118,800
237,869
 302,366
Average price per share$56.60
 $43.34
$37.76
 $30.35
Total repurchase costs$7.2
 $5.2
Total repurchase costs (in millions)$8.9
 $9.2
15.Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The components of other comprehensive income ("OCI"(“OCI”) and the related tax effects were as follows (in millions):
 Year Ended December 31,
 2013 2012 2011
     Net     Net     Net
 Before Tax of Before Tax of Before Tax of
 Tax Effect Tax Tax Effect Tax Tax Effect Tax
Defined benefit plan adjustments:                 
Net actuarial gain/(loss) during the year$3.6
 $(1.5) $2.1
 $(5.1) $2.0
 $(3.1) $(4.6) $1.8
 $(2.8)
Amortization of prior service cost                 
included in net income(0.1) 
 (0.1) (0.1) 
 (0.1) (0.1) 
 (0.1)
Amortization of net actuarial gain/(loss)                 
included in net income0.6
 (0.2) 0.4
 0.4
 (0.1) 0.3
 0.3
 (0.1) 0.2
Net (loss)/gain during the year4.1
 (1.7) 2.4
 (4.8) 1.9
 (2.9) (4.4) 1.7
 (2.7)
Foreign currency translation adjustment                 
gain/(loss)(1.5) 
 (1.5) 0.4
 
 0.4
 (0.3) 
 (0.3)
Other comprehensive income/(loss)$2.6
 $(1.7) $0.9
 $(4.4) $1.9
 $(2.5) $(4.7) $1.7
 $(3.0)
 Year Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
     Net     Net     Net
 Before Tax of Before Tax of Before Tax of
 Tax Effect Tax Tax Effect Tax Tax Effect Tax
Defined benefit plan adjustments:                 
Net actuarial loss during the year$(1.6) $0.6
 $(1.0) $(2.1) $0.9
 $(1.2) $(4.8) $1.7
 $(3.1)
Settlement charge1.3

(0.5) 0.8
 1.6
 (0.6) 1.0
 
 
 
Amortization of net actuarial loss                 
included in net income0.6
 (0.2) 0.4
 0.6
 (0.2) 0.4
 0.3
 (0.1) 0.2
Net gain (loss) during the year0.3
 (0.1) 0.2
 0.1
 0.1
 0.2
 (4.5) 1.6
 (2.9)
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)1.9
 
 1.9
 (4.9) 
 (4.9) (3.0) 
 (3.0)
Other comprehensive income (loss)$2.2
 $(0.1) $2.1
 $(4.8) $0.1
 $(4.7) $(7.5) $1.6
 $(5.9)
DuringThe following table provides a summary of the changes in AOCI for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss were immaterial.presented (in millions):

   Foreign  
 Defined Currency  
 Benefit Plan Translation Total
Balance as of December 31, 2013$(7.9) $2.2
 $(5.7)
Other comprehensive loss(2.9) (3.0) (5.9)
Balance as of December 31, 2014(10.8) (0.8) (11.6)
Other comprehensive income (loss)0.2
 (4.9) (4.7)
Balance as of December 31, 2015(10.6) (5.7) (16.3)
Other comprehensive income0.2
 1.9
 2.1
Balance as of December 31, 2016$(10.4) $(3.8) $(14.2)

16.    Segment and Geographic Information
Core-Mark is oneThe Company identifies its operating segments based primarily on the way the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) evaluates performance and makes decisions. From the perspective of the largest marketersCODM, the Company is engaged primarily in the business of fresh and broad-line supply solutionsdistributing packaged consumer products to the convenience retail industry in North America. The Company offers a full range of products, marketing programs and technology solutions to over 30,000 customer locations in the U.S. and Canada. The Company’s customers include traditional convenience stores grocery stores, drug stores, liquor stores and other specialty and small format stores that carry convenience products. The Company’s product offering includes cigarettes, other tobacco products, candy, snacks, fast food, groceries, fresh products, dairy, bread, beverages, general merchandise and health and beauty care products.
As of December 31, 2013, the Company operated a network of 28 distribution centers in the U.S. and Canada (excluding (collectively “North America”), which consists of customers that have similar characteristics. Therefore, the Company has determined that it has two distribution facilities operating segments - U.S. and Canada that aggregates to one reportable segment. Additionally, the Company presents its segment reporting information based on business operations for each of the two geographic areas in which it operates as a third party logistics provider), which support the Company’s wholesale distribution business. Twenty-four of the Company’s distribution centers are located in the U.S. and four are located in Canada.also by major product category.
The Company’s distribution centers (operating divisions), which produce almost all of its revenues have similar historical economic characteristics and have been aggregated into one reporting segment. Couche-Tard, the Company’s largest customer, accounted for approximately 14.7% and 13.7%% of total net sales for 2013 and 2012, respectively. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of total net sales in 2011. Accounting policies for measuring segment assets and earnings before income taxes are substantially consistent with those described in Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

74


Information about the Company'sCompany’s business operations based on the two geographic areas is as follows (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
2013 2012 20112016 2015 2014
Net sales:          
United States$8,618.3
 $7,716.3
 $6,865.5
$13,133.0
 $9,829.7
 $8,989.0
Canada1,114.3
 1,148.6
 1,220.5
1,356.4
 1,203.5
 1,250.9
Corporate (1)
35.0
 27.5
 28.9
40.0
 36.2
 40.2
Total$9,767.6
 $8,892.4
 $8,114.9
$14,529.4
 $11,069.4
 $10,280.1
          
Income (loss) before income taxes:          
United States$57.3
 $48.6
 $50.4
$90.7
 $79.4
 $70.8
Canada0.9
 2.3
 (1.4)6.4
 1.7
 3.2
Corporate (2)
7.8
 4.5
 (5.8)(11.6) 1.8
 (7.6)
Total$66.0
 $55.4
 $43.2
$85.5
 $82.9
 $66.4
          
Interest expense:          
United States$30.2
 $27.4
 $23.5
$40.8
 $35.0
 $32.0
Canada0.6
 0.7
 0.9
1.1
 0.7
 0.7
Corporate (2)
(28.1) (25.9) (22.0)
Corporate (3)
(36.6) (33.2) (30.3)
Total$2.7
 $2.2
 $2.4
$5.3
 $2.5
 $2.4
          
Depreciation and amortization:          
United States$20.2
 $17.7
 $15.4
$31.0
 $29.3
 $24.9
Canada2.7
 2.9
 3.0
2.5
 2.4
 2.8
Corporate (2)
4.3
 4.7
 4.0
Corporate (4)
9.4
 6.2
 4.3
Total$27.2
 $25.3
 $22.4
$42.9
 $37.9
 $32.0
     
Capital expenditures:     
United States$52.4
 $28.6
 $53.3
Canada1.9
 1.7
 0.6
Total$54.3
 $30.3
 $53.9

(1) Consists primarily of external sales made by the Company’s consolidating warehouses, management service fee revenue, an allowance for sales returns and certain other sales adjustments.
(2) Consists primarily of net expenses and other income that is not allocated to the U.S. or Canada, intercompany eliminations for interest and allocations of overhead, and LIFO expense.
(1)Consists primarily of external sales made by the Company’s consolidating warehouses, management service fee revenue, allowance for sales returns and certain other sales adjustments.
(2)Consists primarily of expenses and other income, such as corporate incentives and salaries, LIFO expense, health care costs, insurance and workers’ compensation adjustments, elimination of overhead allocations and foreign exchange gains or losses. The change from 2016 to 2015 is primarily attributable to lower LIFO expenses and lower payroll costs in 2015.
(3)Consists primarily of intercompany eliminations for interest.
(4)Consists primarily of depreciation for the consolidation centers and amortization of intangible assets. The change from 2016 to 2015 is primarily attributable to the implementation of a new ERP system in February 2016 and amortization of intangible assets related to acquisition of Pine State Convenience.
Identifiable assets by geographic area are as follows (in millions):
December 31, December 31,December 31, December 31, December 31,
2013 20122016 2015 2014
Identifiable assets:        
United States$844.8
 $821.7
$1,317.2
 $981.4
 $913.8
Canada112.0
 97.5
179.8
 95.9
 115.8
Total$956.8
 $919.2
$1,497.0
 $1,077.3
 $1,029.6

75


The net sales for the Company’s product categories are as follows (in millions):
 Year Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Product CategoryNet Sales Net Sales Net Sales
Cigarettes$10,335.7
 $7,528.5
 $6,942.0
Food (1)
1,422.5
 1,251.1
 1,180.9
Fresh (1)
389.8
 335.0
 281.1
Candy620.0
 557.0
 534.3
Other tobacco products1,133.8
 870.3
 827.5
Health, beauty & general446.7
 368.8
 361.0
Beverages176.5
 156.6
 151.8
Equipment/other4.4
 2.1
 1.5
Total food/non-food products$4,193.7
 $3,540.9
 $3,338.1
Total net sales$14,529.4
 $11,069.4
 $10,280.1

(1)In 2016, the Fresh category was separated from the Food category to better highlight the growth in the Fresh commodity. The 2015 and 2014 presentations have been realigned to reflect these changes.

 
 Year Ended December 31,
 2013 2012 2011
Product CategoryNet Sales Net Sales Net Sales
Cigarettes$6,642.0
 $6,139.4
 $5,710.6
Food1,342.3
 1,178.6
 995.7
Candy527.2
 489.5
 459.8
Other tobacco products787.8
 687.8
 607.9
Health, beauty & general327.3
 269.2
 237.5
Beverages139.1
 125.6
 100.9
Equipment/other1.9
 2.3
 2.5
Total food/non-food products$3,125.6
 $2,753.0
 $2,404.3
Total net sales$9,767.6
 $8,892.4
 $8,114.9


76


17.Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The tables below provide the Company'sCompany’s unaudited consolidated results of operations for each of the four quarters in 20132016 and 20122015:
Three Months EndedThree Months Ended
(in millions, except per share data)(in millions, except per share data)
December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
2013 2013 2013 2013 2016 2016 2016 2016
Net sales — Cigarettes (1)
$1,692.0
 $1,783.7
 $1,702.9
 $1,463.4
 $2,734.7
 $2,855.3
 $2,631.1
 $2,114.6
Net sales — Food/non-food (1)
799.3
 837.0
 807.0
 682.3
 1,102.1
 1,138.6
 1,056.3
 896.7
Net sales (1)
2,491.3
 2,620.7
 2,509.9
 2,145.7
 3,836.8
 3,993.9
 3,687.4
 3,011.3
Cost of goods sold(1)2,348.0
 2,479.9
 2,372.9
 2,029.7
 3,637.8
 3,795.0
 3,499.5
 2,860.2
Gross profit143.3
 140.8
 137.0
 116.0
 199.0
 198.9
 187.9
 151.1
Warehousing and distribution expenses (2)
77.2
 79.4
 72.8
 67.7
 116.2
 117.4
 106.0
 91.6
Selling, general and administrative expenses (3)
41.6
 41.3
 42.9
 42.5
 50.3
 57.6
 53.0
 49.4
Amortization of intangible assets0.7
 0.6
 0.7
 0.7
 1.5
 1.7
 1.2
 0.9
Total operating expenses119.5
 121.3
 116.4
 110.9
 168.0
 176.7
 160.2
 141.9
Income from operations23.8
 19.5
 20.6
 5.1
 31.0
 22.2
 27.7
 9.2
Interest expense(0.6) (0.6) (0.8) (0.7) (2.0) (1.5) (1.0) (0.8)
Interest income0.1
 0.1
 0.1
 0.1
 0.1
 
 
 0.1
Foreign currency losses, net(0.1) (0.1) (0.1) (0.4) 
Foreign currency gains (losses), net0.6
 (0.5) (0.3) 0.7
Income before income taxes23.2
 18.9
 19.8
 4.1
 29.7
 20.2
 26.4
 9.2
Income tax provision(8.2) (6.6) (8.1) (1.5) (11.0) (6.7) (10.1) (3.5)
Net income15.0
 12.3
 11.7
 2.6
 18.7
 13.5
 16.3
 5.7
Basic net income per common share (4)
$1.30
 $1.07
 $1.02
 $0.22
 $0.41
 $0.29
 $0.35
 $0.12
Diluted net income per common share (4)
$1.29
 $1.06
 $1.01
 $0.22
 $0.41
 $0.29
 $0.35
 $0.12
Shares used to compute basic net income               
per common share11.5
 11.5
 11.5
 11.5
 46.2
 46.3
 46.3
 46.4
Shares used to compute diluted net income               
per common share11.6
 11.6
 11.6
 11.6
 46.4
 46.5
 46.5
 46.6
               
Excise taxes (1)
$526.7
 $554.9
 $523.6
 $445.6
 $815.4
 $879.1
 $729.5
 $598.0
Cigarette inventory holding gains (5)
4.1
 0.2
 3.9
 0.8
 6.9
 0.4
 7.0
 1.0
LIFO expense(0.1) 2.2
 3.7
 2.9
 3.2
 3.7
 2.9
 3.4
Depreciation and amortization7.0
 6.8
 6.8
 6.6
 11.7
 11.4
 10.2
 9.6
Stock-based compensation0.6
 1.3
 1.4
 1.3
 0.6
 1.9
 1.7
 1.9
Capital expenditures5.0
 4.6
 6.7
 1.7
 9.8
 21.7
 14.0
 8.8
Adjusted EBITDA(6)
31.3
 29.8
 32.5
 15.9
 

(1)Excise taxes are included as a component of net sales.sales and cost of goods sold.
(2)Warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of the Company'sCompany’s cost of goods sold, whichsold. This presentation may differ from that of other registrants.
(3)Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A&A”) expenses includesinclude acquisition related expenses and integration expensestransaction costs of $2.8$2.2 million, related primarily to Davenport and the addition of new customers,Pine State consisting of $1.2$0.3 million in Q4, $0.5 million in Q3, $0.6$0.8 million in Q2, and $0.2$0.6 million in Q1. SG&A expenses also include $1.3 million related to pension settlements, consisting of $0.1 million in Q4 and $1.2 million in Q3 and a $2.0 million gain, net of legal costs, related to the settlement of a legacy legal proceeding with Sonitrol Corporation in Q1.
(4)Totals may not agree with full year amounts due to rounding and separate calculations for each quarter.rounding.
(5)Cigarette inventory holding gains relaterepresent income related to income earned on cigarette quantitiesinventories on hand at the time cigarette manufacturers increase their prices.
(6)Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute Such increases are reflected in customer pricing for or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is equal to net income adding back net interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, LIFO expense, stock-based compensation expense and net foreign currency transaction losses.all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase.


77


Three Months EndedThree Months Ended
(in millions, except per share data)(in millions, except per share data)
December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
2012 2012 2012 2012 2015 2015 2015 2015
Net sales — Cigarettes (1)
$1,513.2
 $1,596.5
 $1,577.3
 $1,452.4
 $1,934.5
 $2,049.6
 $1,899.1
 $1,645.3
Net sales — Food/non-food (1)
676.3
 718.4
 710.0
 648.3
 880.6
 942.0
 911.3
 807.0
Net sales (1)
2,189.5
 2,314.9
 2,287.3
 2,100.7
 2,815.1
 2,991.6
 2,810.4
 2,452.3
Cost of goods sold(1)2,067.6
 2,192.7
 2,164.7
 1,990.6
 2,645.0
 2,820.0
 2,651.5
 2,315.0
Gross profit(2)121.9
 122.2
 122.6
 110.1
 170.1
 171.6
 158.9
 137.3
Warehousing and distribution expenses (2)(3)
64.7
 68.4
 66.2
 63.4
 91.7
 92.8
 88.6
 79.5
Selling, general and administrative expenses (3)(4)
40.3
(3) 
35.9
(3) 
37.8
(3) 
39.7
 48.4
 52.8
 47.5
 47.3
Amortization of intangible assets0.6
 0.7
 0.8
 0.9
 0.8
 0.6
 0.6
 0.6
Total operating expenses105.6
 105.0
 104.8
 104.0
 140.9
 146.2
 136.7
 127.4
Income from operations16.3
 17.2
 17.8
 6.1
 29.2
 25.4
 22.2
 9.9
Interest expense(0.6) (0.4) (0.6) (0.6) (0.6) (0.6) (0.7) (0.6)
Interest income0.1
 0.1
 0.1
 0.1
 0.1
 0.1
 0.1
 0.2
Foreign currency gains (losses), net(0.1) 
 (0.2) 0.1
 (0.5) (0.7) (0.2) (0.4)
Income before income taxes15.7
 16.9
 17.1
 5.7
 28.2
 24.2
 21.4
 9.1
Income tax provision(6.0) (6.4) (7.0) (2.1) (10.5) (9.1) (8.2) (3.6)
Net income9.7
 10.5
 10.1
 3.6
 17.7
 15.1
 13.2
 5.5
Basic net income per common share (4)(5)
$0.84
 $0.92
 $0.89
 $0.31
 $0.39
 $0.33
 $0.29
 $0.12
Diluted net income per common share (4)(5)
$0.83
 $0.90
 $0.87
 $0.31
 $0.38
 $0.33
 $0.29
 $0.12
Shares used to compute basic net income               
per common share11.5
 11.5
 11.4
 11.4
 46.4
 46.2
 46.2
 46.4
Shares used to compute diluted net income               
per common share11.7
 11.7
 11.6
 11.6
 46.8
 46.6
 46.6
 46.6
               
Excise taxes (1)
$482.2
 $519.1
 $511.5
 $474.2
 $566.7
 $607.1
 $554.2
 $483.7
Cigarette inventory holding gains (5)(6)
3.3
 0.2
 3.2
 1.1
 4.7
 0.6
 3.8
 1.0
LIFO expense1.3
 3.8
 4.3
 2.9
 
Cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains (7)
0.7
 8.3
 
 
LIFO expense (8)
(7.3) 3.3
 3.5
 2.4
Depreciation and amortization6.3
 6.3
 6.4
 6.3
 9.6
 9.9
 9.7
 8.7
Stock-based compensation1.7
 1.4
 1.3
 1.4
 2.0
 2.7
 2.1
 1.9
Capital expenditures8.3
 7.1
 7.7
 5.5
 5.6
 10.3
 11.7
 2.7
Adjusted EBITDA(6)
25.6
 28.7
 29.8
 16.7
 

(1)Excise taxes are included as a component of net sales.sales and cost of goods sold.
(2)Includes OTP tax refunds, net of tax assessments, of $0.8 million in Q2 and $0.9 million in Q1 2015.
(3)Warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of the Company'sCompany’s cost of goods sold, whichsold. This presentation may differ from that of other registrants.
(3)(4)Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A&A") expenses include acquisition costsand integration expenses of $1.8 million related primarily to Davenportthe addition of Karrys Bros., consisting of $1.3$0.3 million in the fourth quarter.Q4, $0.4 million in Q3, $0.8 million in Q2, and $0.3 million in Q1. SG&A expenses also include a reduction in expenses resulting from the favorable resolution$1.6 million related to pension settlements, consisting of legacy workers' compensation and insurance claims of $1.4$0.7 million in the third quarterQ4 and $0.4$0.9 million in the second quarter.Q3.
(4)(5)Totals may not agree with full year amounts due to rounding and separate calculations for each quarter.rounding.
(5)(6)Cigarette inventory holding gains represent income related to cigarette inventories on hand at the time cigarette manufacturers increase their prices. Such increases are reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase.
(7)Cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains relate to income earned on cigarette tax stamp inventory quantities on hand at the time cigarette manufacturerstaxing jurisdictions increase their prices.excise taxes.
(6)(8)Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is equal to net income adding back net interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, LIFO expense stock-based compensationdecrease in 2015 was due primarily to a decrease in the PPI for certain product categories we use to measure food/non-food LIFO expense and net foreign currency transaction losses.as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.



78


ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.


ITEM 9. A.9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We conducted, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Based on our evaluation, the chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2013,2016, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Management'sManagement’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.2016. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO)("COSO") in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992)(2013), issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Based on this assessment, we concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.
2016. Our assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20132016 did not include the internal controls of Pine State Convenience, which we acquired on June 6, 2016, as permitted by Securities and Exchange Commission guidelines that allow companies to exclude certain acquisitions from their assessment of internal control over financial reporting during the first year of an acquisition. The total assets and total revenues of Pine State Convenience represented approximately 9% of the Company’s total assets as of December 31, 2016, approximately 4% of its total revenues, and approximately 8% of income before income taxes of the consolidated financial statement amounts for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
In February 2016, we migrated certain of our accounting and financial systems, including underlying processes, to SAP software. This conversion impacted internal processes and controls for business activities including, but not limited to, processing vendor payments and customer receipts as well as financial reporting. There were no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 20132016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect theour internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9. B.9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
    


79



PART III
ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 20142017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the following captions and is incorporated herein by reference thereto: “Nominees for Director,” “Board of Directors,” “Our Executive Officers,” and “Ownership of Core-Mark Common Stock-Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 20142017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the following captions and is incorporated herein by reference thereto: “Board of Directors-Director Compensation,” “Board of Directors-Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” and “Compensation of Named Executives.”

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this item is included (i) in our Proxy Statement for the 20142017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the captioncaptions “Ownership of Core-Mark Common Stock” and is incorporated herein by reference thereto and (ii) in Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K“Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.
ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 20142017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the following caption and is incorporated by reference herein by reference thereto: “Board of Directors-Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Board of Directors-Committees of the Board of Directors” and “Board of Directors-Corporate Governance.”
ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 20142017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption “Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm-Auditor Fees” and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.




80



PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

We have filed the following documents as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

1.Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2.Financial Statement Schedules

SCHEDULE II-VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in millions)
 Balance at Beginning of Period Charged to Costs and Expenses Deductions Charged to Other Accounts Balance at End of Period
Year Ended December 31, 2016         
Allowances for:         
Trade receivables$10.9
 $2.0
 $(6.0) $0.2
 $7.1
Inventory reserves0.7
 20.9
 (20.8) 
 0.8
 $11.6
 $22.9
 $(26.8) $0.2
 $7.9
          
Year Ended December 31, 2015         
Allowances for:         
Trade receivables$10.8
 $1.3
 $(1.3) $0.1
 $10.9
Inventory reserves0.6
 18.6
 (18.5) 
 0.7
 $11.4
 $19.9
 $(19.8) $0.1
 $11.6
          
Year Ended December 31, 2014         
Allowances for:         
Trade receivables$9.4
 $2.2
 $(0.7) $(0.1) $10.8
Inventory reserves0.8
 16.4
 (16.6) 
 0.6
 $10.2
 $18.6
 $(17.3) $(0.1) $11.4

All other schedules have been omitted because they are not required, not applicable, or the required information is otherwise included.


3.Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
No.
Description
  2.1Third Amended and Revised Joint Plan of Reorganization of Fleming Companies, Inc. and its Subsidiaries Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, dated May 25, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company'sCompany’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005).
  
3.1Certificate of Incorporation of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company'sCompany’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005).
  
3.2Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 21, 2015).
3.3Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company'sCompany’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 18, 2008).
  
10.12004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005).
10.22005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005).
10.32007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Annex A of the Company'sCompany’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 23, 2007).
  
10.410.2Statement of Policy Regarding 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2007).
  
10.510.32010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended, effective May 20, 2014) (incorporated by reference to Annex AII of the Company's Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 13, 2010)8, 2014).
  
10.610.4Form of Management Option Award Agreement for Awards under the Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12,13, 2009).
  
10.710.5Form of Non-Employee Director RSU Award Agreement under the Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2016.)
  
10.810.6Form of Management RSU Award Agreement under the Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2016.)
  
10.910.7Form of Performance RSU Award Agreement under the Core- Mark Holding Company, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2016.)
  
10.1010.8Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers and Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005).
10.11
10.9Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 20, 2004, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. and the parties listed on Schedule I attached thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005).
  
10.1210.10Credit Agreement, dated October 12, 2005, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as Borrowers, the Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, General Electric Capital Corporation and Wachovia Capital Finance Corporation (Western), as Co-Syndication Agents and Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, as Co-Documentation Agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on October 21, 2005).
 





81


Exhibit
No.
Description 
10.1310.11First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated December 4, 2007, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as Borrowers, the Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2009).
  
10.1410.12Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated March 12, 2008, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as Borrowers, the Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 18, 2008).
  
10.1510.13Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated February 2, 2010, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as Borrowers, the Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2010).
  
10.1610.14Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 5, 2011, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as Borrowers, the Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2011).
  
10.15Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 30, 2013, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as Borrowers, the Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2013).
10.16Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 21, 2015, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Core-Mark Distributors, Inc. and Minter-Weisman Co., as Borrowers, the Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2015).
10.17Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated January 11, 2016, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Core-Mark Distributors, Inc. and Minter-Weisman Co., as Borrowers, the Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2016).
10.18Eighth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 16, 2016, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Core-Mark Distributors, Inc. and Minter-Weisman Co., as Borrowers, the Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 17, 2016).
10.19Ninth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated November 4, 2016, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Core-Mark Distributors, Inc. and Minter-Weisman Co., as Borrowers, the Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 11, 2016).
10.20Pledge and Security Agreement, dated October 12, 2005, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company, Inc. and Minter-Weisman Co., Inc., as Grantors and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on October 21, 2005).

Exhibit
No.
Description 
11.1Statement of Computation of Earnings Per Share (required information contained within this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
18.1Deloitte & Touche LLP Preferability Letter on Change in Annual Date for Goodwill Impairment Test.
  
21.1List of Subsidiaries of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.
  
23.1Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  
31.1Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  
31.2Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  
31.3Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 with respect to this 10-K/A.
31.4Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 with respect to this 10-K/A.
32.1Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
  
32.2Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
 
32.3Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 with respect to this 10-K/A.
32.4Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 with respect to this 10-K/A.

82


Exhibit
No.
Description 
101.INSXBRL Instance Document
  
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
  
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
  
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
  
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
  
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
 


83


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
    
   CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
    
Date: September 5, 2014March 1, 2017 By:/s/ THOMAS B. PERKINS
   Thomas B. Perkins
   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
     
/S/s/    THOMAS B. PERKINS
 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director September 5, 2014March 1, 2017
Thomas B. Perkins

    Director   (Principal Executive Officer)  
     
/S/    STACY LORETZ-CONGDON
s/    CHRISTOPHER M. MILLER
 Senior Vice President and Chief FinancialSeptember 5, 2014
Stacy Loretz-Congdon   Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
/S/    CHRISTOPHER MILLER
Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer September 5, 2014March 1, 2017
Christopher M. Miller    (Principal Financial & Accounting Officer)  
     
/S/    RANDOLPH I. THORNTON
 Chairman of the Board of Directors September 5, 2014March 1, 2017
Randolph I. Thornton    
     
/S/    ROBERT A. ALLEN
 Director September 5, 2014March 1, 2017
Robert A. Allen    
     
/S/    STUART W. BOOTH
 Director September 5, 2014March 1, 2017
Stuart W. Booth    
     
/S/    GARY F. COLTER
 Director September 5, 2014March 1, 2017
Gary F. Colter
/s/    LAURA FLANAGANDirectorMarch 1, 2017
Laura Flanagan    
     
/S/    ROBERT G. GROSS
 Director September 5, 2014March 1, 2017
Robert G. Gross    
     
/S/    HARVEY L. TEPNER
 Director September 5, 2014March 1, 2017
Harvey L. Tepner    
     
/S/    J. MICHAEL WALSH
 Director September 5, 2014March 1, 2017
J. Michael Walsh    



84



CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II-VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in thousands)
90
 Balance at Beginning of Period Charged to Costs and Expenses Deductions Charged to Other Accounts Balance at End of Period
Year Ended December 31, 2013         
Allowances for:         
Trade receivables$10,866
 $1,079
 $(2,569) $(12) $9,364
Inventory reserves870
 12,723
 (12,753) 
 840
 $11,736
 $13,802
 $(15,322) $(12) $10,204
          
Year Ended December 31, 2012         
Allowances for:         
Trade receivables$9,578
 $1,975
 $(899) $212
 $10,866
Inventory reserves1,029
 11,517
 (11,676) 
 870
 $10,607
 $13,492
 $(12,575) $212
 $11,736
          
Year Ended December 31, 2011         
Allowances for:         
Trade receivables$8,660
 $1,970
 $(1,470) $418
 $9,578
Inventory reserves1,144
 10,461
 (10,576) 
 1,029
 $9,804
 $12,431
 $(12,046) $418
 $10,607


85